DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

STATE OF ALABAMA 



MANUAL OF PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 




1920 



Property of County Board of Edueation 
Not to be Taken Permanently from Schoolroom 



■ ROWN PRINTINA CO. MONTBQMCMY. 




Book 



DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION 

STATE OF ALABAMA 




MANUAL OF PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 




SPRIGHT DOWELL 

Superintendent of Education 



• ROWN PRINTING CO. MONTeOMEMV 



C 1/ Sfc/ 

As 

'/V ZQ^ 



STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 



Governor Thos. E. Kilby 
Mrs. T. G. Bush Dr. D. T. McCall L. B. Musgrove 
A. H. Carmichael Dr. R. H. McCaslin A. L. Tyler 
Spright Dowell, Executive Secretary 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
RECeiVEO 

JUL 7 1923 

OOCUMENTS DIVISION 



ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 



m jlN the preparation of this manual the State Department 
Rl 1 of Education wishes to acknowledge the valuable ser- 
mSSgl vices of the following: 

Dr. S. W. Welch, Miss Jessie L. Marriner and Miss 
G. M. Taylor of the Alabama State Department of Health — 
co-operation and assistance in the formulation of the health 
program as given herein. 

Miss Fleta McWhorter of the Alabama Tuberculosis As- 
sociation — assistance in the formulation of the health pro- 
gram. 

Miss M. G. Parker, Instructor of Physical Education, State 
Department of Public Instruction, Trenton, New Jersey — 
loan of "cuts." 

Miss Jessie H. Bancroft and the MacMillan Company, pub- 
lishers — ^permission to use several singing games taken from 
Miss Bancroft's book, "Games for the Playground, Home, 
School and Gymnasium." 

A. S. Barnes & Company — ^p^rmission to use several dances 
from the following books : C. Ward Crampton, "Folk Dance 
Book" (Copyright 1909) ; Newton & Harris, "Graded Games 
and Rhythmic Exercises" (Copyright 1907) ; Hinman's "Gym- 
nastic and Folk Dancing Books" (Copyright 1919). 

George E. Schlafer, University of Indiana — permission to 
use some of the material under "Competitive play and athletic 
events," and also some of the drawings appearing in the les- 
sons in physical education in the Indiana bulletin on physical 
education. - • - ' 

George J. Fischer, National War Work Council, New York 
City — ^permission to use, "Contests and Stunts" taken from 
"Army and Navy Physical Work." 

Dr. T. W. Wood, Columbia Uiiiversity — permission to use 
some of his material on Medical Inspection. 

W. P. Bowen, M. S. Professor of Physical Education, Michi- 
gan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, Michigan — Permission to 
use a number of rythmic plays as published in "Physical Train- 
ing for the City Schools of Michigan." 



(4) 



Saul Bros., Chicago — permission to use several dances from 
Brown & Boyd's "Old English and American Games." 

Milton Bradley & Co. — use of several dances from Irene 
Moses' book, "Rhythmic Action Play and Dances." 

Miss Jean Broadhurst and the J. B. Lippincott Co. — permis- 
sion to use part of the table on Communicable Diseases in 
"Home and Community Hygiene." 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Page 

Acknowledgments o 

Foreword „ 7 

General Plan 9 

Time Allotment „ „ 9 

Organization by Types of Buildings 10 

Grading Pupils „ 12 

PART I. 
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. 

Development of "Leaders" - - 15 

Formal Exercises „ „ „ 16 

Posture - - - - 17 

Instructions for Teaching of Calisthenics 21 

Correct Positions and Commands for Exercises _ 26 

Composition of Calisthenic Lessons „ „ 33 

Example of Calisthenic Lesson. _ 34 

Organized Play and Games „ 36 

Home-Made Play Apparatus 42 

Athletics _...„..„.„. ; „ 48 

Interclass _ - 49 

Point Competition Charts...- 56 

Inter school _ : _ 78 

Contests and Stunts 80 

Outline of Lessons by Grades: 

Grade I 89 

Grade II „ _ ^ „ _ 101 

Grade III „ „ „ 117 

Grade IV „ „ 135 ' 

Grade V „ _ „ „ 151 

Grade VI 167 

Junior High, 1st year _ „ 183 

Junior High, 2nd year ...„ „ 201 

Junior High, 3rd year. _ „ „ 217 

Senior High, 1st year 231 

Senior High, 2nd year. _ _ 245 

Senior High, 3rd year. „ _ „ 259 



(6) 



PART II. 
HEALTH ACTIVITIES. 

Page 

General Statement _ _ - — — 273 

Daily Health Inspection _ „ .275 

Signs of Health Disorders _ 276 

Table of Contagious Diseases .„ ...276 

General Signs of Health Disorders.. 279 

Instruction to Parents..^ „.... „ 282 

Physical Examination „ _ 285 

Directions for Examination „ 286 

Troubles Resulting from Physical Defects.... „... 289 

Hygiene — "Modern Health Crusade".„ „292 

Bibliography _ „ _ _. „ „.297 

Index „.„ _ „_ ...„ „ 298 



FOREWORD 



HMERICA'S NEED of immediate and thoroughgoing 
measures for the promotion of physical fitness was 
never so clearly recognized. The training of youth in 
the knowledge and practice of healthful habits and in 
those activities which lead to the development of fine physique, 
poise, grace and skill is coming to be considered a first essen- 
tial in the development of human efficiency, as well as in the 
protection of the national welfare. 

Scientific evidence goes to show that at least 50 per cent 
of the more than twenty million girls and boys of school age 
in the United States have physical defects and ailments that 
retard normal growth and development; that they live at 
home and at school in conditions more or less un-hygienic; 
that they lack the positive physical education necessary to 
the reahzation of their potential man or woman power. This 
means that physical education must be given a definite place 
in the school program. 

The term "physical education" means such supervision and 
training of the children in physical and health activities as 
will insure progress toward maximum physical and mental ef- 
ficiency in a wholesome environment. 

Any program of physical education will depend for success 
upon the teacher and in most instances this means the regular 
grade teacher. Where supervisors and trained instructors can 
be employed it is well worth while to do so, but this bulletin 
has been prepared with special consideration for the un-su- 
pervised teacher, who has had no special training in physical 
education, and who teaches in a school with no gymnasium 
or other equipment. It is earnestly hoped, therefore, that the 
rank and file of our teachers will familiarize themselves with 
the program and material herein given and faithfully under- 
take the work with their pupils. 

This introduction of specialized physical education is in 
keeping with the new School Code, which in sub-division 7 of 
Section 22 of Article 4 creates a division of physical education 
in the State Department of Education whose specific duty is 
the outlining of a course of physical training for the various 



(8) 



schools of the State; the collecting and disseminating of use- 
ful data on the health of school children, and the devising of 
v/ays and means of co-ordinating the work of health educa- 
tion of the Department of Education and of county and city 
boards of education with the work of the State Board of 
Health and with the health authorities in counties and cities. 

The State Board of Education after careful investigation 
selected Mr. O. C. Bird of the staff of the Ohio State Univer- 
sity as director of physical and health education and to him 
belongs the credit for the preparation and arrangement of the 
material in this bulletin. 

It is the policy of the State Department of Education under 
the personal direction of Mr. Bird to outline definite courses 
of instruction for teachers in summer schools, teachers' meet- 
ings, institutes and conferences based upon the content of 
this and subsequent publications and to require that a definite 
program be introduced in all the schools of the State. The 
hearty co-operation of school officials and of the general pub- 
lic is invited and expected. 




Superintendent. 



GENERAL PLAN 



This course in Physical Education, as outHned, includes : 
PART I. Physical Activities. (Outlined by grades). 

1. Formal exercises (calisthenics). 

2. Organized play and games 

(a) Story plays. 

(b) Singing games, folk dances, fancy steps. 

(c) Active games, relay games, etc. 

3. Athletics: 

(a) Inter-class. 

(b) Inter-school. 

4. Contests and Stunts. 

PART II. Health Activities. 

1. Daily health inspection. 

2. Yearly physical examination. 

3. Hygiene instruction. 



TIME ALLOTMENT 



To be divided as follows : 

Elementary School. 

1. Daily health inspection: First two minutes in each 
school day, during opening exercises, 

2. Calisthenics : Two-minute periods at the beginning of 
each class or at least four times during the school day. 

3. Organized play and games, or class athletics : A mini- 
mum of thirty minutes per day, exclusive of recess periods. 

4. Hygiene instruction : Sixty minutes per week. 

5. Athletics ! As much time as possible after school hours. 

Junior and Senior High School. 

1. Daily health inspection: The first two minutes in each 
school day during roll call. 

2. Calisthenics, plays and games: Three full periods per 
week. 

3. Athletics : As much time as possible after school hours. 



ORGANIZATION BY TYPES OF 
BUILDINGS 



In all buildings larger than two rooms, an effort should be 
made to do departmental work in physical education. One 
teacher should be designated to handle the physical activities 
for the entire school. 

ONE TEACHER BUILDING (7 GRADES). 

Use "leaders" as explained on page 15. 

1. Calisthenics: 

(a) Have the first three grades take their exercises toge- 
ther, beginning with lessons listed under Grade II. Instead of 
taking two weeks to the lesson, take one new lesson each 
week. (To be given twice a day). Pupils in the other grades 
remain seated. 

(b) Have the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th grades take their ex- 
ercises together beginning with lessons listed under Grade V, 
taking one new lesson each week. (To be given twice a day). 
Pupils in the other grades remain seated. 

2. Games, Dances, Etc. 

(a) The first three grades may have their games together, 
beginning with those listed under Grade 1. 

(b) The 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th grades may take their games 
together, beginning witl^i those listed under Grade IV. 

3. Athletics: 

For class athletics divide into 3 groups according to height, 
beginning with 4th grade. See page 49. The first three 
grades should not take part in class athletics. 

TWO TEACHER BUILDING (8 GRADES). 

1. Calisthenics: 

All those in the same room may take their calisthenic exer- 
cises together. 

(a) The lower grades begin with lessons listed under 
Grade II. A new lesson may be given each week. 

(b) ; The upper grades begin with lessons listed under 
Grade V. A new lesson may be given each week. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



11 



2 Games, Dances, Etc. 

(a) Combine grades one and two for games, beginning 
with those Hsted under Grade 1. The remaining grade or 
grades in that room may begin with grades listed under 
Grade III. 

(b) If there are four or more grades in the remaining room 
divide into two groups ; grades IV and V in one, giving 
them games Hsted under Grade IV, the remaining grades in 
another, beginning with games listed under Grade VI. 

3. Athletics: 

Class athletics should be taken up by pupils in upper grade 
room. Organize pupils according to height, or age and grade 
as suggested on pages 49-50. 

THREE TEACHER BUILDINGS. 

1. Calisthenics: 

One new lesson each week. In each room combine all the 
grades for their lessons. 

(a) The lower rooms start with work of Grade II. 

(b) Grades in intermediate room begin with lessons of 
Grade IV. 

(c) The grades in upper room begin with lessons listed 
under Grade VII. 

2. Games, Dances, Etc. 

In the lower and intermediate rooms form two groups in 
each, either according to height, or age and grade. See pages 
49-50. 

(a) In the lower room give games listed under Grade I. 
to one group, and games Hsted under Grade III to the other. 
The latter will of course be the more mature group. 

(b) In the intermediate room give work listed under 
Grade IV to the lower group. The higher group should play 
the games listed under Grade VI. Girls and boys may be 
segregated if the teacher's judgment indicates this best. 

(c) In the upper room, form one group and give the games 
listed under Grade VII. Girls and boys should be segregated. 

3. Athletics: 

(a) Do not give class athletics to those in lower room. 

(b) In intermediate rooms, form two groups either ac- 
cording to height, or age and grade. See pages 49-50. 



(12) 



(c) In upper room combine into one group and take class 
athletics listed under first year Junior High ; girls and boys 
should be segregated. 

MORE THAN THREE TEACHER BUILDINa 

1. Calisthenics: 

Give the same lessons to all pupils in the same room. Start 
with the exercises graded for the lowest grade in that room. 

2. Games, Dances, Etc. 

Use the games, dances, etc., as listed for each grade; using 
"leaders" whenever necessary. 

3. Athletics: 

Organize each room into groups, either according to height, 
or age and grade, as given on pages 49-50. 

GRADING PUPILS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. 

If physical education is to take its place with other school 
subjects it must be handled in a similar manner. Grading 
pupils is one method of impressing them with the importance 
of this work. The grade ma)^ be based on the following 



points : 

1. Formal exercises 20 

(a) "Calisthenics. 

2. Organized plav 20 

(a) Effort. 

(b) Co-operation. 

(c.) Knowledge of games. 

3. Athletics (Inter-class or inter-school) 20 

(a) Participation. 

(b) Ability. 

4. Health habits 20 

(a) Care of body — teeth, hair, hands, face, etc. 

(b) Posture. 

(c) Neatness of person and surroundings. 

5. Discipline 20 

(a) General attitude toward others. 

(b) General attitude toward physical education work. 

Total points. Physical Education. 100 



PART I 



Parti. 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 



(Instructions to teachers. To be read carefully before be- 
ginning work.) 

HS FAR as possible the physical activities of a physical: 
and health education program should meet the needs 
of each child. To do so physiological age must be con- 
sidered as well as physical condition. A game or an 
exercise which is right for the healthy sixth grade boy 
is not always the best thing for his puny classmate or a 
healthy second grader. Teachers should, therefore, conform as 
nearly as possibly to the program as outlined in this bulletin. 
One of the first essentials in doing this work successfully 
is to have plenty of enthusiasm and "pepj' If the teacher 
is slow and listless she cannot expect the children to be oth- 
erwise and little benefit will result from the work. 

Development of Leaders" 

Teachers will greatly facilitate their work if they develop 
"Leaders" among the older pupils at the beginning of the 
year, to assist in conducting the physical educational work of 
the lower grades. If the pupils are made to feel it an honor 
to be chosen "leaders," the teacher will soon have able as- 
sistants. In the smaller schools it is essential that the teacher 
should have such help in conducting plays and games. 

These "leaders" should meet once every week for instruc- 
tion regarding the work of the following week. In this way 
they will become familiar with the plays and games, etc., and 
the whole work will be much more efficient. 



FORMAL EXERCISES 



The formal exercises will consist chiefly of calisthenics. 
Even though the general trend of physical education today is 
toward the informal, there are certain values in the formal ex- 
ercises which must not be lost sight of. The objects of this 
part of the program are: prevention and correction of postu- 
ral defects, and stimulation of muscles, heart, lungs and or- 
gans of digestion. These exercises should be given several 
times during the day for "relief" purposes. 




Plate 1. Plate 2. 

Incorrect standing. Correct standing. 



(a) Prevention of postural defects: 

Exercises for the purpose of maintaining correct pos- 
ture. 

(b) Correction of postural defects : 

Under this class are included those exercises which 
aim to correct such defects as : round shoulders, flat 
chest, forward head, protruding abdomen, flat feet, etc. 

(c) Stimulation of muscles, heart, lungs, and organs of di- 
gestion : 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



17 



Exercises which bring into action all the muscles and 
organs of the body and stimulate the blood and respi- 
ratory system 

POSTURE 

One of the first duties of the teacher is to see that the pu- 
pils maintain correct posture at all times, whether they be 
walking, standing or sitting 

To, correct' a faulty posture .daily exercises are given which 
tend to eliminate weaknesses The teacher should so impress 




Plate 3. 
Correct. Incorrect. 
How to carry books. 

her pupils with the importance of correct posture that they 
will form the habit of proper standing and sitting. 
Some of the common causes of faulty posture are : 

(1) Habitual standing and sitting in faulty positions. (See 
Plates 1 and 2.) 

(2) Weak muscles brought on by poor nourishment. 

(3) Carrying books under same arm continually. (See 
Plate 3.) 

(4) Carrying newspaper bag on same shoulder continually. 

(5) Sitting in seats not of proper height. 

(6) Poor sitting positions. (See plate 6.) 

(7) Physical defects. 



18 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



As correct posture is one of the first essentials of good 
health, the teacher should put much time and thought upon 
this important phase of the work. She should see that all 
seats are properly adjusted, that the pupils carry books in 
both arms instead of one, etc. 

For a correct standing position the feet should be parallel 
about three (3) inches apart, with the weight slightly on the 
balls of the feet Arms naturally at the side, head up and 
chin in, abdomen drawn in and hips back. Stand as "tall" as 
possible, without stretching or exaggerating . (See plate 4.) 




Plate 4. 
Window pole test for posture. 

Good Tests For "Posture." 

(a) Profile Test. 

Judge the posture of each child by lining up class in profile. 
You can make a rapid and efficient test in this manner. Have 
them stand "naturally," don't tell them what you art doing. 

(b) Window Pole Test. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



19 



Hold a window pole in a vertical position. Have the 
top rest against the forward part of the ear and the bottom 
against the forward part of foot. (See Plate 4.) 

(c) Plumb Line Test. 

Imagine a plumb line attached to lower piart of car. This 
should touch shoulders, hip and ankle. 




Plate 0. — Poor posture. Plate 6. — Poor posture. 



School Seats and Desks. 

Too much care cannot be used in seating children properly 
at desks. It is impossible for a child to sit correctly at a; desk 
which is not well adjusted. Poorly adjusted desks foster 
cramped chest, spinal curvature, and defective vision. 

A healthful sitting position at the desk may be described 
roughly thus : The hips should be pushed well back in the 
seat; the feet should rest flat on the floor; the seat should 
not be so high that it will press on the under parts of the 
thighs and impede circulation; the trunk should be comfort- 



20 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



ably erect Avith the back supi:>orted below the shoulder blades. 

The desk top should be at such a height and distance that 
the whole of both forearms may rest flat on the desk without 
the child leaning forward, rounding or pushing up the shoul- 
ders. The desk top should be at such an angle that when a 
child is sitting properly, his book or paper may be at a right 
angle with the line of vision, and from fourteen to sixteen 
inches from the eye, provided the child has normal vision. 

Dr. Dresslar gives these directions for adjusting the desk 
to the individual child : 




Plate 7.— Class— ATTENTION I 



If the desks of a schoolroom are not adjustable, much can 
be done to relieve conditions and make the children comfort- 
able. A box or board can be placed on the floor for the child's 
feet if the seat is too high. If the desk is too low it may be 
raised by placing under it a board of proper thickness to 
which the desk may be fastened. 

The desk top should overhang the front edge of the seat 
about two inches. Make the front edge of the desk as high 
as three-sevenths of the height of the child plus one inch. 
(For the primary grades not more than a half-inch should 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, I'dW. 



21 



l<e added). This ratio must be adjusted to special cases as 
some children are not of normal proportion in relative length 
of limbs and trunk. The proper height of the seat is approxi- 
mately two-sevenths the height of the child, or it may be 
determined more accurately by measuring the distance from 
the underside of the knee to the floor when the child is com- 
fortably seated. 

CALISTHENICS. 

The calisthenic work will be given by command or by count. 
The method of giving commands is one of the most important 




Plate 8. 
Ready to stand. 



features of teaching calisthenics. The action of the class will 
depend entirely on how the teacher gives the command. She 
must give her commands in a forceful and decisive manner in 
order to attain the desired results. It wall be necessary for 
her to study thoroughly the following rules for instruction. 

1. One of the first essentials is to insist on absolute obe- 
dience to command. 

2. Don't forget that the pupils are watching you, be sure 
you are standing erect ; it wnll make them do the same. 



22 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Make the work attractive and interesting. 

4. Whenever possible the physical activities should be 
given out of doors. When given indoors use hall and corri- 
dors if possible, opening all doors and windows. 

5. Have pupils remove coats and sweaters. 

6. When the pupils are at their desks in "sitting position" 
pnd the teacher wishes them to stand in aisles, the command 
IS given "Class— ATTENTION !" (See plate 7) "Stand— 




rlate b. Plate 10. 

Arms upward — BEND! 



ONE !" (pupils place right foot in aisle and right hand on 
outer edge of desk.) (See plate 8.) "TWO !" (Class stands at 
ATTENTION.) After the exercises, give the commands, "Be 
seated— ONE! TWO!" 

7. In each exercise in the lesson, the STARTING POSI- 
TION is given first and then the exercise itself. The parts 
of each exercise are numbered in parentheses ; the starting po- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



23 



sitions are not numbered. The numbers are placed after each 
part of the exercises ; for example : 

STARTING POSITION. EXERCISE. 




Plate 11. Plate 12. 

Arms forward— BEND! Arms upward— STRETCH ! 



8. Exercises may be given on count, as indicated by the 
numbers in parentheses, instead of repeating the command: 
as, Arms Upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND ! 
(2) The same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. With the 
command "BEuIN" start counting and at the end give the 
command HALT." -The counting begins with the initial 
movement and proceeds throughout the exercise. When 
thrusting or extension movements are used the counts should 



24 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



be emphasized. The counting may be in groups of two (1-2, 
1-2), of four (1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4) or eight (1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8). The 
counting should not always be rhythmical but should vary. 

9. Always demonstrate a new exercise before giving it, or 
?ippoint a pupil to do so, in this way the class will thoroughly 
understand just what is wanted. 

10. Exercise should always be given both right and left 
an equal number of times. 

11. Introductory exercises, (the first exercise in each les- 
son), should always be fast and "snappy." 




Plate 13. 
Trunk to the right— BEND! 



12. Arch flexions should be given slowly, by command and 
not by count. 

13. Balance exercises may be given either slowly or rap- 
idly. 

14. Arm and shoulder blade exercises may be given either 
slowly or rapidly. 



J'HYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



25 



15. Trunk exercises must be given slowly, do not give them 
in a jerky manner. This can best be accomplished by using 
the words of the command instead of the count, for example ; 
Trunk forward— B-E-N-D ! Trunk— R-A-I-S-E ! Draw out 
the final word very slowly. 

16. Leg exercises may be given either slowly or rapidly. 

17. Breathing exercises should be given slowly. 

18. When "lunges" and "foot placings" are given indoors, 
have the pupils face the side of the room. 




Plate 14. Plate 15.— Arms sideward— RAISE ! 

Left leg sideward— LUNGE ! a; Arms sideward— STRETCH ! 



19. The desks can be used for trunk exercises. Have the 
pupils sit on top of the desks and fasten toes under the seat, 
then with hands on hips or neck, bend the trunk slowly back- 
ward. Avoid bending back too far. Raise trunk slowly. 

20. Give the classes some marching out on the school 
grounds as often as possible. The children enjoy marching 
and it is good posture training. 

21. There are two parts to a command: (a) Preparatory 
command, which tells what is to be done, (b) Executive com- 
mand, which is the signal for execution and action. There 
should be a long pause between the two commands to give the 
class time to understand just what is to be done. Vary the 
length of the pause so that the pupils will not know just when 



26 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



the executive command is coming. This will promote alert- 
ness and attention. The command should be given in a steady 
voice, slowly if the exercise should be given slowly, and quick- 
ly if it should be given that way. For example ; 

Arms upward (pause) — BEND! (Given quickly). 

Trunk forward (pause) — B-E-N-D ! (Given slowly.) 




Plate 16. Plate 17. 

Knee bending. 



Correct positions and commands for exer- 

CISES. 

1. Standing Positions: 

(a) "ATTENTION!" At this command feet should be 
parallel and about three inches apart Hips drawn back slight- 
ly, body erect, chest raised, head up and chin in. Arms at 
side, weight of body resting equally upon heels and balls of 
feet. This command is usually used when class is "AT EASE" 
or the beginning of the class, when ready to commence. (See 
plate 20, figure 2.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, iy20. 



27 



(b) "POSITION !" At this command the pupils take the 
fundamental standing position, the same as at "ATTEN- 
TION." This command is used upon the completion of an 
exercise or at any time during the exercise when the funda- 
mental standing position is desired. (See plate 20, figure 2.) 

(c) "AT EASE!" At this command the pupils relax by 
placing the left foot slightly to the side, and clasping the 
hands in back. 




Plate 18. Plate 19. 

West Point breathing. Trunk forward — BEND! 



2. Arch Flexions: 

Backward movements of the upper trunk, bending in the 
upper chest and not at the waist. (See plate 20, figure 1.) 

(a) "Chest— RAISE!" Raise the chest, throw back the 
shoulders and stand as "tall" as possible. Do not hold the 
breath, but breathe naturally while holding the chest up. 

(b) "Head backward— BEND !" Bend the head slightly 
backward but do not "strain." Draw the shoulders well back 
and throw out the chest. 



28 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



(c) ''Trunk slightly backward— BEND !" Do not bend at 
the waist but bend the upper trunk backward just slightly. 
(See plate 20, figure 1.) 

3. Balance Exercises: 

(a) "Right (L) knee upward — BEND !" Balance on one 
foot. (See plate 20, figure 10.) 




Plate 20. — Fig. 1, Arch flexion, bending in upper trunk; Fig. 2, 
Fundamental position, or "ATTENTION!" Fig. 3, Hands on hips— 
PLACE! Fig. 4, Arms forward, upward — RAISE! Fig. 5, Arms 
sideward upward — RAISE ! Fig. 6, Arms forward — RAISE or Arms 
forward— STRETCH ! Fig. 7, Hands on hips and feet sideward— 
PLACE. Fig. 8, Left foot forward— PLACE ! Fig. 9, Right leg 
forward— LUNGE ! Fig. 10, Right knee upward— BEND! Fig. 11, 
Left leg backward— RAISE ! Fig. 12, Right leg forward— RAISE ! 

(b) "Left (R) leg backward— RAISE !" Balance on one 
foot while holding the other up in back. (See plate 20, figure 
11.) 

(c) "Right (L) leg sideward — RAISE!" Balance on one 
foot while holding one leg out to the side. 

(d) "Heels — RAISE!" Balance while up on the toes. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



29 



4. Arm Movements: 

(a) "Arms upward — BEND !" Raise the arms to top of 
shoulder, hands closed and touching shoulders, Avith elbows 
drawn well back. The following four exercises are executed 
from this starting position. (See plates 9 and 10.) 

Arms upward — STRETCH ! Extend arms upward, fingers 
extended and palms turned toward each other. (See plate 12.) 

Arms forward — STRETCH ! Extend arms straight forward 
from the shoulders, fingers extended and palms turned to- 
ward each other. (See plate 20, figure 6.) 

Arms sideward — STRETCH ! Extend arms straight out to 
the side, fingers extended and palms dow^n. (See plate 15.) 

Arms downward — STRETCH ! Extend arms straight down- 
ward, fingers extended and palms toward body. 

(b) "Hands on neck — PLACE!" Arms are raised side- 
ward, finger tips placed on back part of neck ; fingers straight 
and just touching each other, elbows well back. 

(c) "Hands on hips — PLACE!" Place the hands on hips, 
thumbs toward the back and fingers extended toward the 
front. (See plate 20, figure 3.) 

(d) "Arms forward — BEND !" Arms are raised to the side 
in a horizontal position, are flexed forward at the elbows, the 
wrists and fingers straight, palms down and shoulders well 
back The following exercise is executed from this starting 
position. (See plate 11.) 

xArms sideward — FLING ! Move both arms quickly side- 
ward, straightening and extending to the side. (See plate 
IS.) 

(e) "Arms sideward — RAISE!" Arms are raised straight 
out from the side to a horizontal position with fingers extend- 
ed and palms down The following exercise is executed from 
this starting position (See plate 15.) 

Double arm circumduction backward (forward) — BEGIN! 
Move the arms in small circles upward backward, downward 
forward, shoulders and chest being used in the movement 

(f) "Arms sideward upward — RAISE!" Arms are raised 
straight out from the side to an extended position over the 
head, palms turned in toward each other. (See plate 20, figure 

5. ) 

(g) "Arms forward — RAISE!" Arms are raised straight 
forward to a horizontal position with the palms turned to- 
ward each other. (See plate 20, figure 6.) 



30 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



(h) "Arms forward upward — RAISE !" Arms are raised 
straight forward and upward, arms extended over the head 
with the palms turned in toward each other. (See plate 20, 
figure 4.) 

5. Trunk Exercises: (To be given slowly.) 

(a) , "Trunk forward— BEND!" Bend the trunk forward, 
keeping back in an arched position (See plate 19.) 

(b) "Trunk backward— BEND !" Bend the trunk back- 
ward, hold the head straight with the trunk, do not thrust 
the abdomen forward. 

(c) "Trunk sideward— BEND !" Bend the trunk straight 
to the side, keeping the head straight with the trunk and both 
feet fiat on the floor. (See plate 13.) 

(d) "Trunk to the right (L)— TURN !" Turn the trunk to 
the right (L), keeping feet flat on the floor. 

6. Leg Exercises: 

(a) "Feet sidewafd— PLACE !" With a jump spread feet 
quickly, placing them about two feet apart. (See plate 20, 
figure 7.) 

(b) "Left (R) foot sideward— PLACE !" The foot is placed 
about two feet directly to the side, weight of body equally 
on both feet. 

(c) "Left (R) foot forward— PLACE!" Place the foot 
straight forward twice its own length, weight of body equally 
on both feet. (See plate 20, figure 8.) 

(d) "Left (R) leg forward— RAISE 1" Raise the leg 
straight forward, heel" about one foot from floor. Do not bend 
the knee but hold leg straight, pointing toe. (See plate 20, fig- 
ure 12.) 

(e) "Left (R) leg sideward— RAISE !" Raise the leg 
straight out to the side, foot about one foot from the floor. 
Do not bend the knee, but hold the leg straight, pointing toe. 

(f) "Feet— CLOSE !" Bring the toes together so that the 
feet will be parallel. "Left (R) foot forward— PLACE !" The 
foot is moved twice its own length forward in its own di- 
rection. 

(g) "Left.(R) leg forward— LUNGE !" The foot is car- 
ried straight forward three times its own length, forward knee 
is bent to a right angle, the body is inclined forward main- 
taining a straight line from the head down the back and rear 
leg. The weight is over the forward foot, both feet flat on 
the floor, and shoulders well back. (See plate 20, figure 9.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



81 



(h) "Left (R) leg sideward— LUNGE !" The foot is 'car- 
ried straight to the side and placed so as to maintain the fun- 
damental angle between the feet, the left (R) knee is bent 
to a right angle, trunk is held erect with the right (L) leg 
straight. (See plate 14.) 

(i) "Heels— RAISE ! Knees— BEND!" Raise the heels 
then bend both knees keeping the body erect ; keep the knees 
spread Avell apart. To regain standing position: "Knees — 
STRETCH ! Heels— DOWN !" (See plates 16 and 17.) 

(j) "Left (R) knee upward— BEND !" Raise the knee up- 
ward so that both knee and hip are bent to right angles. Hold 
the trunk erect and point the toe. (See plate 20, figure 10.) 

(k) "On the left (R) knee—KNEEL !" Kneel on the left 
(R) knee and place the right (L) foot forward flat on the 
floor. 

7. Breathing Exercises: 

Fill the lungs with a full breath each time. 

(a) Arms sideward raise and slowly inhale. Arms down- 
ward and slowly exhale. (See plate 15.) 

(b) Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale. Arms 
sideward downward and slowly exhale. (See plate 20, figure 
5.) 

(c) Arms forward raise and slowly inhale. Arms down- 
ward and slowly exhale. (See plate 20, figure 6.) 

(d) Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale. Arms 
forward downward and slowly exhale. (See plate 20, figure 
4.) 

(e) Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale. Arms 
sideward downward and slowly exhale. 

(f) Arms forward— BEND ! (See plate 11.) 

Arms sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend 
and slowly exhale. 

(g) West Point breathing : With arms down to side, turn 
the palms out and slowly inhale. Turn the palms in and 
slowly exhale. (See plate 18.) 

8. Marching: 

(a) "Right— DRESS !" At the command "dress" turn the 
head to the right, eyes fixed on the line of eyes of those in the 
same rank, left hand on hip. At the command "FRONT" turn 
the head and eyes to the front, dropping the arm to the side. 

(b) "Mark time— MARCH!" Raise the feet alternately, 



32 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Starting with the left, straight up about four inches bending 
the knees quickly. 

(c) "Class— HALT!" At the command "HALT," given 
as either foot strikes the ground, plant the other foot as in 
marching; raise and place the first foot by the side of the 
other. Given in two counts. 

(d) ''Class forward — MARCH!" At the command 
''MARCH" move the left foot straight forward and continue 
the march. 

(e) "Right— FACE !" Raise slightly the left heel and right 
toe, turn to the right on the heel of the" right assisted by pres- 
sure on the ball of the left foot ; place the left foot by the side 
of the right. Left face is executed similarly, substituting 
right for left and vice versa. 

(f) "About— FACE !" Carry the toe of the right foot 
about a half foot length to the rear and slightly to the left 
of the left heel without changing the position of the left foot, 
face to the rear turning to the right on the left heel and right 
toe. Place the right heel by the side of the left. 

(g) "To the rear— MARCH!" The command— MARCH ! 
is given as the right foot strikes the ground, advance and 
plant the left foot, turn to the "right — about" on the balls 
of both feet and immediately step off with the left foot. 

(h) "By the right (L) flank— MARCH !" This is given 
while the class is marching. It is the same as right or left 
"face" except that it is given while marching. 

(i) "Fours right (L) MARCH!" Form a line and count 
oflf by "fours." Give the command while the class is march- 
ing. Each "four" will do a quarter wheel right (L), the in- 
side man of each "four," being the pivot and will mark time in 
turning, the outside man of each four will take large steps. 
The "wheel" is to be made in four counts. 

9. Dancing or Fancy Steps: 

(a) Change step or two step : advance the left foot, bring 
toe of right foot to heel of left, throw weight onto the right 
foot, then advance the left. Repeat this movement with the 
right leading. 

(b) Follow step: (1) Lead with the left foot, (2) bring 
the right foot to the heel of the left and advance with the 
left leading several times. Repeat the same with the right 
leading. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



33 



(c) Rocking step : Hop forward twice on the left foot, at 
the same time bending body forward, and right leg back- 
v/ard ; then shift the weight to the right foot and hop twice 
leaning backward. 

(d) Heel and toe polka : Point with the heel, then with 
toes, starting left and follow with the change step: one-two; 
cne-two-three. 

(e) Backward cut : Raise left leg forward, swing leg to 
the right and backward, with a hop draw right leg back, then 
swing right forward, at the same time hop with the left. The 
idea is to hop just before the one leg strikes the other when 
cutting back. 

(f ) Draw step : Step sideward with the right, draw the 
left heel toward the right toe, the right knee bent slightly. 
There should be an outward rotation of the leg, weight is 
kept on the advancing leg except at the instant when the 
weight must be transferred onto the left in order to lift the 
right foot for a new step sideward. 

(g) Closing-step: Step left forward — 1. Close heels with 
right foot — 2. Also with the right foot stepping forward and 
closing with the left. 

(h) Gallop-step : Gallop sideward, same as closing-step 
sideward, hopping instead of stepping. 

Gallop-step ; forward, same a*s **follow-step" forward, hop- 
ping instead of stepping. 

(i) Alternate 8 walking steps with 8 gallop-steps left (R) 
forward. 

(j) Alternate 8 walking steps with 8 gallop steps left (R) 
sideward. 

(k) Skipping: Hop on one foot while stepping forward 
with the other foot. 

(1) Glide closing-step: Same as the closing-step explain- 
ed above, with the "stepping foot gliding softly over the 
floor, knees slightly bent. 

Composition of Calisthenic Lessons: 

The exercises in each lesson are arranged in a very definite 
order, and they should always be given in this order, for cer- 
tain physiological reasons. The exercises in each lesson are 
arranged as follows : 
1 Introductory Exercises: 

Object: Transition frorn mind to body. 

2— PE 



34 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Type : Fast evercises such as arm extensions. 

2. Arch flexion : 

Object: To stretch the chest and straighten the dorsal 
spine. Correct posture. 

Type : Backward bending of head and upper trunk, and chest 
raising. 

3. Balance movement: 

Object: Cultivate general equilibrium, to diminish the heart- 
beat brought on by previous exercise. 
Type : Leg exercises. 

4. Arm or shoulder blade : 

Object: Develop the shoulder and arm muscles. Promote 
co-ordination in movement of shoulder blades, trunk and 
arms. Correct posture. 

Type : Arm flinging, elevations and extensions. 

5. Abdominal exercises : 

Object: Strengthen the muscles and improve digestion. 
Type : Forward and backward bending of trunk, and leg 
raising.- 

6. Lateral trunk : 

Object : Quicken the circulation in the large vessels of 
the trunk. Strengthen the waist muscles. 
Type : Trunk rotation and sideward flexion. 

7. Leg movements : 

Object : Diminish blood pressure and heart beat. 
, Type : Knee flexions. 

8. Breathing exercises : 

Object: Produce normal respiration after the preceding ex- 
ercise and prepare the student for rest. 

Type : Slow arm movements, upward and downward. 

Example of Calisthenic Lesson Using All Necessary 
Commands. 

Remove coats, and prepare for exercises. 

Class— ATTENTION ! STAND! 1-2. 

Introductory : 

L Class right— FACE!: Left— FACE! (Give command 
fast, these are quickening exercises ; repeat several times.) 

Arch Flexion: 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Repeat slowly (6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



35 



Balance : 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (or left) knee upward 
—BEND! Forward— STRETCH (1) BEND! (2) The same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts each*.) 
then— HALT ! 

Arm ar Shoulder Blade: 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) The same on count— BEGIN! 1-^2, 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (32 counts) then— HALT! 

Abdominal Trunk: 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
forward— B-E-N-D ! (1) R-A-I-S-E! (2) Etc. Give com- 
mands slowly and do not count. (8 times.) 

Lateral Trunk: 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Trunk to the right— B-E-N-D I 
(1) R-A-I-S-E! (2) To the left B-E-N-D! (3) R-A-I-S-E! (4) 
etc. Give command slowly and do not count. (8 times.) 

Leg Movements: 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees 
—BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! (4) 

The same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 
counts.) Then, HALT! 

Breathing : 

8. Breathing Exercises — Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

The class is supposed to be held at "ATTENTION" during 
the exercises. Give them "At — EASE !" several times during 
the lesson if time permits. 



Since there are two counts to the unit, this means four units. 



ORGANIZED PLAY AND GAMES 



The play and game activities should be considered one of 
the most important phases of the whole physical education 
program. The games are intended, primarily, for recreational 
purposes and this must be borne in mind if they are to be real- 
ly worth while. Many teachers try to conduct games in a 
"quiet" manner, not allowing the children to laugh or smile. 
True play should consist of a joyous and spontaneous activ- 
ity. The children ought to have a feeling of perfect freedom 
and relaxation, and* in this way, their play will be natural and 
not mechanical. This does not mean that play should be un- 
supervised because all recreational activity must have leader^ 
ship. 

The teacher should make a study of the situation and plan 
and study the games before hand. It is necessary for her to 
thoroughly understand the rules of the game and then explain 
them to the children. Games should be varied as much as pos- 
sible. Now and then the teacher should take part in the games 
■with the children. 

"The best method of teaching a game is to make a full ex- 
planation of it before the pupils take their places to play. If 
this be in a schoolroom, illustrative diagrams may often be 
drawn on the blackboard, and it is sometimes helpful, there 
or elsewhere, to have a few pupils go slowly (not running) 
through the general form of the game, to illustrate it to the 
others. In a playground the same method may be used by 
having the players sit, if that is feasible, or by halting them 
in a march or after gymnastic exercises, to listen to the ex- 
planation. Never try to teach and play a game at the same 
time. The only exception to this rule should be where there 
is a large and disorderly crowd with which to deal. Then it 
may occasionally be best to start a game to gain interest and 
attention, and then halt for further explanation. 

"It often becomes necessary for the sake of discipline and 
unity to unite all the players in a playground in one game. 
Comparatively few games, however, are successful when play- 
ed by very large numbers. Classes may often be brought into 
order and attention by the simple device of marching, the 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



37 



march to end in one game for all the players, or several games 
in groups. 

**An indication that too many players are taking part in a 
game is almost invariably to be found in a lack of interest on 
the part of players, arising usually from the infrequency 
with which each player gets an opportunity to participate. 
The ultimate test of any game, however, from the recreative 
standpoint must be one of interest, and this is often found 
among its players who are not participating in the action if 
competition be close. A teacher should watch closely for wan- 
ing interest, and may often save the situation by dividing the 
players into two or more groups. 

*'A resourceful teacher will find many ways of adapting 
games to large numbers. Among such devices may be men- 
tioned (1) increasing the number of runners and chasers; for 
instance, in the game of cat and rat, there may be several 
cats and several rats ; (2) in the circle games of simple char- 
acter, especially the singing games, the circle may be du- 
plicated, thus having two concentric circles, one within the 
other; (3) in many ball games it will be found possible to put 
more than one ball in play, as in bombardment or circle club 
bowls. 

"Group play, by which is meant, the division of a large num- 
ber of players into smaller squads or groups, is undoubtedly 
the best method for getting the best sport and the greatest 
playing values out of most games. Such a division of play- 
ers is not always an easy matter to inaugurate, untrained 
players being inclined to follow the teacher from point to 
point in the playground. This may be obviated by appointing 
group leaders, each of whom should understand the game to 
be played and be appointed to take charge of it. Older chil- 
dren, and almost invariably the children who are disorderly or 
inclined to disturb the general harmony and discipline of the 
playground, are the best ones to charge with such respon- 
sibility. This method serves the double purpose of quelling 
their disorderly propensities by occupying them in a position 
of responsibility, and takes care of a group of players at the 
same time. When the group method is used in schools, it is 
advisable to appoint the leaders of the groups, or allow the 
children to elect them, before leaving the classroom for the 
playground. 

"A teacher should be ready with suggestions for new games 
or occupation of some sort when interest wanes in a game 



38 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



that is being played ; but a new game should not be suggested 
until there is evidence that players are tired of the old one. 

"Each playground leader or teacher should be provided 
v^ith a vi^histle. This saves a great deal of strain on the voice, 
and should be understood from the outset to command in- 
stant quiet, all play to be suspended when it is heard. The 
most joyous play goes always with the best discipline. Both 
children and adult players like strength and decision in a 
teacher or leader. Indeed, they instinctively place themselves 
under the leadership of the decided and dominant characters 
among themselves. It has been the experience of the author 
that discipline in schools is greatly helped by the playing of 
games, partly because the privilege of play or its loss is one 
of the strongest incentives to order at other times, but also 
because of the happy outlet afforded for normal tendencies 
and the disciplinary training of the games themselves. 

"Get the playing values out of games. By this is meant, 
see that every child gets as much opportunity as possible for 
participation in the actual physical exercise of the game and 
in all the phases of play that makes him a successful, alert, re- 
sourceful player. The result of this and the test of it will be 
the amount of interest and sport in the games. Do not make 
the games too serious. Get laughter and frolic out of them. 

"Encourage timid pupils to give dares and to take risks. 
No class of players needs more sympathetic or tactful under- 
standing and help from a teacher than the timid. Such chil- 
dren often suffer greatly through their shyness. They should 
first be brought into play in some form of game that does 
not make them conspicuous ; one, for instance, in which they 
do what all the players do, or merely take turns (such aS "call 
ball," object-passing games and relays.) Such children should 
be encouraged by praise of their successful efforts, and espe- 
cial care should be taken not to call attention to their failures. 

"See that the selfish or most capable children do not have 
the lion's share of the play ; the opportunities should be equal- 
ly distributed. It is often necessary for a teacher to distin- 
guish between self-assertiveness, which is a natural phase of 
the development of the sense of individuality, or selfishness 
and "bullying", which are exaggerated forms of the same ten- 
dency. Both may need repression and guidance, but only the 
Utter are reprehensible. 

"Encourage each pupil to be alert, to see when it is his 
nini and to be quick in play. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



39 



"Do not treat children as though they were made of glass 
and fear to see them tumble down. Every child, boy or girl, 
ought to be able to bear a few falls, knocks and bruises. This 
is nature's way of training a child to be more, observant or 
agile. Besides, physical hardihood is one of the best possible 
results from the playing of games. Do not coddle a child who 
has received an injury. Cultivate a stoic spirit. If it be a 
slight injury, have the child go on with his play and he will 
soon forget it. If it require treatment of any sort, take the 
player at once away from the playground or vicinity of the 
other players and apply first-aid remedies until medical assist- 
ance can be obtained. 

"Team play is one of the highest forms of play. The teach- 
er should look for the beginning of the tendency toward it as 
shown in a fondness for the play of opposing groups, niiani- 
fest from ten to twelve years of age. This tendency should 
be encouraged and developed into more closely organized 
types of team games. The greatest value of team play lies 
in the co-operation of the players, all working together for a 
common end, a player's thought and effort being to do what is 
best for his team rather than to use his skill for individual 
glory. 

"In athletic games players should learn that to question or 
dispute the decision of judges or other officials presiding over 
games is thoroughly unsportsmanlike and a species of dis- 
honor. Having once placed themselves under officials, decis- 
ions must be accepted without cavil at the time. The natural 
desire to learn how a decision was reached in an athletic event 
must be held in check until the judges have opportunity to an- 
nounce fouls or other features of scoring that determine the 
result. It should always be borne in mind by both players 
and coaches, that the officials, who are each concentrating on 
some one feature of the play, know what happens far more 
accurately than the general observer. It is also thoroughly 
unsportsmanlike, and counts as foul, disqualifying a player, 
if he receive directions or coaching of any sort from an in- 
structor during a contest. 

Floor formation: 

"The terms 'formation' and 'floor formation' are commonly 
used to designate the placing of players in the play-ground and 
gymnasium in the lines, circles, groups or opposing sides, nec- 
essary for the starting of a game. To accomplish this dispo- 



40 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



sition of the players quickly and without confusion requires 
a clear knowledge of methods on the part of the teacher. 
Some methods are here offered, but before giving them in 
detail a word should be said of the differing psychological ef- 
fects of the various formations. 

"The circle or ring formation has a pronounced tendency 
toward a spirit of unity among players. Each player may see 
and become somewhat acquainted with all other players in a 
group, in a way not practicable in any other formation. Any 
one who has met strangers at a dinner party or committee 
meeting gathered at a round table will comprehend the sig- 
nificance of this. In the kindergarten this principle is used 
largely, each day's exercise opening with the pupils in a circle. 
A game in circle formation is therefore often one of the best 
means of making acquainted players who are strangers to 
one another, and of giving a sense of united interest to a het- 
erogenous group. 

"The sense of being united in a common interest, or esprit 
de corps may be gained to some extent in some general forms 
of playground activities such as marching. As children grow 
into the tendency to enjoy group or team play, the competi- 
tive spirit becomes very strong, and games in which the play- 
ers work in competitive teams, as in relay races, or in oppos- 
ing sides, as in bombardment, may serve the purpose of con- 
tinuous mutual interest. As a rule, the competitive spirit is 
strong in games in the line and group formations and, indeed, 
is usually the basis of such formation. 

"For all formations pupils should be trained to move quick- 
ly. Formations made from marching order may often be 
done on the double-quick. 

Ring formation. 

"For small numbers of players no formal procedure is need- 
ed to get the players into a ring formation. For very little 
children the teacher should simply stretch his or her own 
hands sideways, taking a child by either hand to show what 
is wanted, and telling the others to form a circle. All will 
naturally clasp hands in the same way. Children should be 
urged to move quickly for such formations. For some games 
the hands remain clasped. For others the hands are dropped 
(unclasped) after the ring is formed. The distance between 
players may be gauged by the stretch of the arms when the 
hands are clasped, making the ring larger or smaller. With 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



41 



older players the teachers' participation in the formation of 
the circle is not necessary, the mere command to "Form cir- 
cle !" being adequate. 

"For large numbers the ring formation is best achieved 
from a Hne standing in single file. The players should march 
or run, the leader of the file describing a circle and joining 
hands with the rear player of the file, all the others joining 
hands similarly with their neighbors. 

Concentric circles: 

"Where players are to be placed in two circles, one within 
the other, as in three deep, zigzag ball, or some of the singing 
games for large numbers, players should march in a column 
of twos (and by two), and the leaders should describe a cir- 
cle until the ends meet. All then face inward. 

"Another method. of forming concentric circles is to form a 
single circle, and have every alternate player^step inward. Or 
the players may number off by twos, and those bearing the 
odd (or even) numbers take one or two steps toward the cen- 
ter of the circle. All numbering-off methods, however, are 
comparatively slow. 

Opposing teams or lines: 

"For assigning large numbers of players quickly in oppos- 
ing teams or lines, the following methods are among the most 
orderly : 

"(a) The players 'fall in' for a march in single file. They 
march up the center of the room or ground ; the first player 
turns to the right and the next to the left, and so on alter- 
nately, taking stations at the sides of the ground ; they are 
thus separated into two opposing groups, those which turn to 
the right forming one group or team, and, those to the left 
another. 

"This method is even quicker if players march in columns of 
twos or fours, alternate ranks turning to alternate sides. 

"(b) Players may be required to march in columns of twos 
(two abreast), halt, and those in one file of the column step 
to one side of the playground instead of marching to the front 
and separating, as in a, and those in the other file to the op- 
posite side. 

"Where an even division of running ability, or height for 
catching balls, is necessary, players should be sized when lin- 
ing up for either of the above methods. 



42 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



"(c) When players in a gymnasium, playroom or play- 
ground have already been numbered for gymnastic purposes, 
the odd numbers may be directed to one end of the playground 
to form one team, and the even numbers to the opposite end 
for the other team. 

Group formations: 

"To get players into small groups, a division may often 
best be made from the marching formations. Players may 
be brought for this purpose into columns of four or more 
(marching four abreast), halted, and each file in turn directed 
to some particular location in the playground. 

"Where time is not a consideration, or the number of play- 
ers is smaller, more deliberate methods of counting out, choos- 
ing sides, etc., may be used." 

(The paragraphs quoted above are from Jessie H. Bancroft, 
"Games for the Playground, Home, School and Gymnasium.") 

Take plenty of time to organize the class or room, either 
into groups according to height, or groups according to their 
grades. After they are organized, keep the same organiza- 
tion as nearly as possible for a month or so. Example — A one 
room building with six grades : Divide them into three groups 
according to the height; 1st group 59 inches or over ; 2nd 
group between 53 inches and 59 inches, 3rd group under 53 
inches. They can be divided into three groups according to 
grades. Grades 5 and 6 in first group, 3 and 4 in second group, 
and 1 and 2 in third group. 

Assign each group a game, which is suitable for that spe- 
cial group. Explain the rules of the game, then send them out 
on school grounds and supervise the play. 

Have a definite starting and finishing point for all races. 
Take dowm the results and in this way encourage competition 
and add enthusiasm. 

The games in this manual are listed as follows : 

A. Story plays. 

B. Singing games, folk dances and fancy steps. 

C. Active games, relay races, etc. 

HOME-MADE PLAY APPARATUS. 

The need for providing play facilities for the children in our 
cities have largely determined the development of the play 
movement in the past, but it is now recogfiized that plav 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



43 



should have an equally important part in the life of children 
in the country. Play and recreation can no longer be left to 
themselves, but must be conscientiously and intelligently pro- 
vided for. 

The school offers the best medium for providing rural play, 
and the active and enthusiastic teacher may greatly increase 
her usefulness by developing the play spirit among her pupils. 
The recess and lunch periods may be made beneficial and en- 
joyable by the introduction of supervised play and games. 
Elaborate equipment is not required but a few pieces of single 
apparatus, such as sand box, sw^ings, and slides for the young 
children, and a certain amount of game supplies, such as balls, 
bats and quoits, are of great value. 

The follov^ing directions for the construction of home made 
apparatus will be helpful to rural schools and small communi- 
ties in providing adequate play facilities for their children. 
These instructions are reprinted with permission from a rural 
recreation manual, ''Neighborhood Play," published by the 
Youths' Companion in co-operation with the U. S. Bureau of 
Education. 

Materials : 

Number 1 spruce or Southern pine is excellent material for 
most playground apparatus. White ash has the advantage of 
added strength, but it splinters easily. White oak should be 
used for pieces that receive much wear — such as swing boards 
and turning bars. All wood should be carefully seasoned, and 
such parts as come in contact with earth should be tarred or 
treated with creosote. 

It is well to saturate the wood thoroughly with boiled lin- 
seed oil. In any case, it should be finished with two coats of 
good outdoor paint, preferably dark green in color, or with 
one coat of shellac, followed by one coat of the best spar 
varnish. 

Sand Box: 

The desire to play in the sand is universal and for little 
children, the sand box or sand table is the piece of playground 
apparatus that brings the largest returns. But place it out 
of the way of stray balls and other similar dangers. 

A good size for the box is five feet by ten feet. First re- 
move the sod from an area of those dimensions, and if the 
natural drainage is poor, replace the top layer of soil with 



44 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



gravel. Procure two boards fifteen feet long and eight inches 
wide, a few nails, and a joist, two by three inches, and eight 
feet long. Saw the joist into pieces two feet long, sharpen the 
ends, and drive them into ground sixteen inches at the points 
that are to be the corners of the box. From each board cut 
a piece five feet long for the ends of the box. Nail the boards 
to the corner posts so as to form the sides and ends ; and if 
you wish, level the tops. 

The apparatus is complete when you have hauled in the 
load of sand, preferably of the grade known to dealers as 
"fine beach." Be sure it is free from earth. It should be 
changed at the first suggestion of foulness. To keep out 
stray cats and dogs, it is well to place a woven Avire fence four 
feet high about the box. 

To make a sand table, construct one or more boxes, eight 
inches deep, of any desired size, perferably not over three by 
six feet. Build a strong table to support the boxes, about 12 
inches above the ground. 

Swing : 

Ordinarily, a branch of a tree, a rope and a board are all 
that is needed to make a swing; but when the tree is not con- 
veniently present, make a strong simple frame of two posts 
set in concrete, and a crossbar at the top. If you tie the rope 
to the crossbar, or to hooks placed in it, the rope will soon 
wear through. A better way is to place eyebolts, two to 
three inches apart, in the crosspiece. Into the eyes insert a 
two-inch galvanized-iron pipe, with holes drilled two inches 
from each end ; place oxbow pins in the holes to hold the pipe 
in place, and tie the rope to the pipe. 

Horizontal Bar: 

For the bar itself a galvanized-iron pipe, carefully sand-pa- 
pered, two inches in diameter and six feet long, will serve as 
well as the more expensive and less durable wood. Two inch- 
es from the end of the pipe drill holes five-eights of an inch 
in diameter. For the supports, use posts four inches square 
and nine or ten feet long. Six inches from one end of each, 
exactly in the center, bore hole two inches in diameter. To 
intersect this hole at the center at right angles, bore another 
one-quarter of an inch in diameter. 

Set the uprights in concrete. Dig holes for them three feet 
deep, six inches or more square. In a tub, or some other con- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



45 



venient receptacle, mix one shovelful of Portland cement, two 
shovelfuls of sand, and four of coarse gravel or small stones, 
with enough water to make a watery mud pie. When the ce- 
ment has been thoroughly mixed, pour a little of it into the 
bottom of the hole, then put in the upright and pour the rest 
of the cement round it. See that the upright stands plumb 
and leave it undisturbed for forty-eight hours, by which time 
the cement will have hardened. 

In placing the other upright, remember that the horizontal 
bar must not belie its name. Probably you will have to ex- 
periment several times with the depth of the foundation layer 
of concrete before you fix the upright at just the right height 
above the ground to make the bar horizontal. Place the post 
with the large hole pointing toward the other post. Pour the 
concrete as before. When it has hardened for forty-eight 
hours, put the bar in place through the holes, and bolt it 
there with quarter-inch carriage bolts. You can set both 
posts and the bar the same day ; but the slower method de- 
scribed above will give better results. 

If you wish a removable crossbar, use a pipe six feet, six 
inches long, and arrange the fastening as directed in the de- 
scription of the teeter, which follows. With the bar removed, 
the uprights can be used as a jumping standard. To hold 
the string or stick over which the contestant jumps, drive 
three-inch nails one inch into the side of the uprights. Al- 
ways jump from the side of the uprights opposite to that in 
which the nails are placed. 

An adjustable bar can be arranged by piercing the uprights 
with as many holes as you want, and fastening the bar in 
place as directed in the description of the teeter. 

See that the children who use the bar have a- soft place in 
which to land. Sand will save injuries and prevent mud pud- 
dles from forming. 

Teeter: 

A board over a fence or a rock is a teeter, but a better one 
can easily be made. For the uprights, get two pieces of five- 
by-five-inch joist five and one-half feet long. Four inches 
from one end of each piece bore a two-inch hole. Have ready 
a piece of galvanized-iron, two-inch pipe two feet long, with 
cap on one end, and a three-eights inch hole drilled two inch- 
es from the other for an oxbow pin. You can use another bow 
pin instead of a cap, or can substitute carriage bolts for both, 



46 



ALABAMA MANDaL OF 



ov can drill holes through pipe and wood, and bolt the pipe in 
place, as you do the horizontal bar; but the first suggestion 
is the simplest, since it permits the easy removal of the pipe. 

Dig holes, with their centres eighteen inches apart, three 
feet deep, six inches square. Set first one upright, then the 
bar, then the other upright, as directed for the horizontal bar. 
Be sure to allow the concrete sufficient time to harden. 

The plank should be fourteen feet long, two inches thick, 
and ten inches wide ; to keep it in place upon the pipe, bolt to 
it on under side two crosspieces of hard wood, each two inches 
square and ten inches long. For the carriage bolts that are 
to hold these crosspieces in place, bore four holes, each six 
feet nine inches from each end of the plank, and three inches 
from the edge. Pad the ends of the plank, to form a protec- 
tion from sudden jars. 

The teeter is so popular and so liable to abuse that the 
plank should generally be taken in every night ; and the bar 
removed when the playground is to be closed — officially — for 
more than a few days. 

Giant Stride: 

The basis for a cheaply and easily constructed giant stride 
is an old wagon wheel and a pole eighteen feet long and five 
inches in diameter at the small end. In almost any village 
the wheel can be had for the asking, and the pole probably 
can be cut in the woods. 

If you use a wheel with a wooden axle stub, remove the axle 
from the skein, which is the "tapering metal sleeve surround- 
ing a wooden axle spindle to protect it from wear." Shape 
the top of the pole to fit into the axle skein, and fasten the 
skein securely in place. 

If you use a wheel with a metal axle, cut off the axle about 
a foot from the hub, and sharpen it to a point. Here is where 
you may have to call upon the blacksmith. Cut of¥ the spokes 
four inches from the hub. Into the middle of the small end of 
the pole bore a two-inch hole about six inches, and drive 
the axle into it. If the blacksmith is helping you, have him 
shrink an iron collar on the end of the pole, to keep it from 
splitting. It is well to use an all-metal wheel and. axle. 

Cut sixty feet of one-inch Manila rope into four equal pieces. 
With copper wire, or by splicing, attach the ropes to the hub. 
Knot them at the bottom, and about every two feet for the 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



47 



lower eight feet. After it has been hung in the sun and rain 
until it has stretched as much as it will, apply a thin solution 
of pine tar to preserve it. 

Set the pole in concrete, four feet in the ground. At that 
height, the lower knot of the rope should clear the ground by 
about two feet. It is well to place a tin or other waterproof 
cover over the hub, if it is exposed. The entire wheel may be 
used, and the ropes tied to the felly; the result is a length- 
ened flying stride, but an increase in danger. 

Ball Fields: 

The regulation baseball field, with nine-foot lines, requires 
three acres, but a field half that size will serve. A backstop 
is easy to contrive although probably the side of a shed will 
continue to be the most common form. Be sure that small 
children are not in range of fast balls. i 

The standard football field requires two and three-quarters 
acres. Goal posts for Rugby should be erected in the middle 
of the ends of the field, eighteen feet six inches apart, with 
crossbars ten feet from the ground. For soccer which is just- 
ly growing in popularity the goal posts should be twenty- 
four feet apart with the crossbars eight feet above the ground. 



ATHLETICS 



Organized athletics under proper control are advantageous, 
not only in the development of the individual taking part, but 
in the development of school morale and spirit. Athletics, 
properly supervised, play a very important part in the devel- 
opment of the individual, but sight should not be lost of the 
fact that when poorly controlled they are v^orse than none at 
all. 

There are two important types of athletics, the inter-class 
and inter-school. Both are valuable. Inter-class athletics 
are a form of competition in which the whole student body 
may take part. As many teams as possible should be devel- 
oped within each school for competition along all lines. If the 
teachers will carry out the plans suggested, this form of ath- 
letics will provide in the best way all the motor activity need- 
ed. When athletics are properly regulated and supervised 
there is no aim of physical education which they do not meet 
better than almost any other form of physical activity. In 
our games and athletics we have certain natural movements 
which have come dow^n through the ages, and have played 
a very prominent part in the development of the race. 

It is the object of inter-class athletics to give to each boy 
and girl an opportunity to compete and to realize the great 
benefits from this form of activity. It is not the business of 
any school to amuse the public by riieans of athletics, but each 
school is responsible, in a large measure, for the physical wel- 
fare of all its students. ' 

There are, nevertheless, many good things to be derived 
from inter-school competition. It gives the more proficient 
athlete a chance to take advance work, after his elementary 
or class competition. In fact inter-school athletics may be re- 
garded as a graduate school for those who have participated 
in the class games. 

It is. therefore urged, that there be organized as many 
teams as practicable within each school, and that in this way 
both branches of athletics be developed. The organization of 
a local society of the "Alabama Public School Athletic As- 
sociation," within your school will be a stimulation. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



49 



In order to be in condition to take part in any form of 
strenuous athletics, the student should "go into training" for 
a time preceding important meets, games, etc. This training 
should include, besides a program of physical exercise, a spe- 
cial hygienic routine in regard to sleep, diet, bathing, etc. 

A State Athletic Association will be organized for the pur- 
pose of stimulating clean play and athletics within the schools 
of the State. Any school which adopts the constitution may 
become a member. Additional information will be sent from 
the State Department of Education. 

INTERCLASS ATHLETICS. 

Following are some suggested plans for carrying on class 
game competition by the organization of groups, either ac- 
cording to height, or age and grade. 

A. Groups According to Height. 

(Preferred for one-room buildings.) 

For the purpose of competition the pupils may be classi- 
fied according to their height, girls and boys above the 4th or 
5th grade to be segregated. 

Immediately after the physical examination at the begin- 
ning of each year, height should be taken from the cards and 
pupils classified as follows : 

Elementary School — Boys or Girls. 
1st class — over 55 inches. 
2nd class — 51-55 inches (inclusive.) 
3rd class — under 51 inches. 

Junior and Senior High School. 

Boys ' Girls 

1st class — Over 62 inches. Over 60 inches. 

2nd class — 57-62 inches (inclusive) 55-60 inches (inclusive) 

3rd class — Under 57 inches Under 55 inches. 

This scale can be adjusted to meet local conditions. The 
pupils of one class will not compete with those of another, 
but pupils of the same class in one room may compete with 
same class in another room; all those in the same class may 
compete with the corresponding class in another school. 

Each room should have a chart where each pupil's record 
of points can be credited to him, in the proper "class." At 



50 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



the end of each week see who is the leader in each class. Also 
compute the average for each "class" in the room, and com- 
pare with corresponding classes in other rooms. 



In the large schools, it is oftentiixies more desirable to group 
children according to age or grade for these inter-class games, 
and award them a certain number of points for everything 
which they do. Certain standards of physical fitness are in- 
dicated, whereby the pupil is not only able to tell just what 
he should be able to do physically, at his age, but is also en- 
couraged to do better than the actual requirement. The child's 
age at the beginning of the school year should determine the 
events for which he is eligible for that year. 



All work in school is measured by definite progressive steps. 
In physical education there are some standards of physical 
fitness which should be recognized. There is a required rec- 
ord given with each event so that each boy or girl may strive 
to attain the highest degree of physical efficiency. These rec- 
ords are arranged for either "height" or "age and grade" or- 
ganization. 



B. Group According to Age and Grade. 



Required Records. 



Boys. 

Class 3 or Grade IV. 
Between 9 and 10 years. 



Required Record 



50 yard dash 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 



Running Broad Jump 
Running High Jump 
Standing Broad Jump 



. 8 4-5 sec. 
.47 ft. 4 in. 
. 6 ft. 6 in. 
. 2 ft. 5 in. 
. 3 ft. 7 in. 



Class 2 or Grade V. 
Between 10 and 11 vears. 



Required Record 



60 yard dash 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 



57 ft. 2 in. 
. 7 ft. 



11 sec. 



Running Broad Jump 
Running High Jump 
Standing Broad Jump 
Push Up 



2 ft. 8 in. 
4 ft. 



5 times. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920: 51 

Class I or Grade VI. 
Between 11 and 12 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 12 3-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 67 ft. 

Running Broad Jump 8 ft. 3 in. 

Running high Jump 2 ft. 11 in. 

Standing Broad Jump 4 ft. 3 in. 

Push Up 7 times. 

Chinning 3 times. 



Girls. 

Class III or Grade IV. 



Between 9 and 10 years. 

Required Record 

40 yard dash 8 4-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 25 ft. 9 in. 

Running High Jump 2 ft. 5 in. 

Standing Broad Jump . ^ 3 ft. 1 in. 

Class II or Grade V. 
Between 10 and 11 years. 

Required Record 

60 yard dash 11 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 30 ft. 6 in. 

Running High Jump 2 ft. 8 in. 

Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 3 in. 

Sit Up 9 times. 

Class I or Grade VI. 
Between 11 and 12 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 11 3-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) . 35 ft. 

Running High Jump 2 ft. 9 in. 

Sit Up 12 times. 

Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 6 in. 



52 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Boys. 

Junior High, 1st year. 
Between 12 and 13 years. 

Required Record 

75 3^ard dash ^ 12 1-2 sec. 

Running High Jump 3 ft. 1 in. 

Running Broad Jump 9 ft. 6 in. 

Standing Broad Jump 4 ft. 6 in. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 77 ft. 2 in. 

Chinning 3 times. 

Junior High, 2nd year. 
Between 13 and 14 3^ears. 

Required Record 

100 yard dash 15 sec. 

Running High Jump 3 ft. 4 in. 

Running Broad Jump 11 ft. 4 in. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 88 ft. 

League Baseball throw 100 ft. 

Sit Up 18 times 

Chinning 4 times 

Basketball over head distance throw 24 ft. 1 in. 

Playground or League baseball running catch ; 
distance between throwing and catching line 
75 feet 3 catches in 5 trials 

Junior High, 3rd year. 
Between 14 and 16 years. 

'Required Record 

100 yard dash 13 4-5 sec. 

Running High Jump 3 ft. 11 in. 

Running Broad Jump 13 ft. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 108 ft. 

League baseball throw 140 ft. 

Chinning 6 times 

Basket ball over head distance throw 29 ft. 1 in. 

Playground or League baseball running catch; 
distance between throwing and catching Hne 
90 feet . ^-3 catches in 5 trials 

Punting football 71 ft. 

Putting 12 lb. shot 23 ft. 8 in. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 192U. 



53 



Girls. 

Junior High, 1st year. 
Between 12 and 13 years. 

Required Record 



75 yard dash . i 11 3-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 43 ft. 

Running high jump 2 ft. 10 in. 

Push up 3 times 



Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line 40 ft. 3 catches in 5 trials 



Junior High, 2nd year 
BetAveen 13 and 14 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 13 1-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 14 ft. 6 in. 

Push up 4 times 

Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line 50 ft.__3 catches in 5 trials 

Potato race 

Balancing 24 ft. in 2 trials 

Junior High, 3rd year. 
Between 14 and 15 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 13 3-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 49 ft. 3 in. 

Push up , 5 times 

Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line 60 ft.__3 catches in 5 trials 

Potato race 

Balancing 24 ft. in 2 trials 

Boys. 

Senior High, 1st year. 
Between 14 and 16 years. 

Required Record 

100 yard dashes 13 3-5 sec. 

Running high jump ._ 4 ft. 

Running broad jump 13 ft. 3 in. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball)_* 120 ft. 



54 . ALABAMA MANUAL OF 

League baseball throw 160 ft. 

Chinning _ 7 times 

Basketball overhead distance throw 33 ft. 

Playground or league baseball running catch; 
distance between throwing and catching line 100 
feet * ^ 3 catches in 5 trials 

Punting football 76 ft. 

Putting 12 lb. shot 25 ft. 2 in. 

Senior High, second year. 
Between 16 and 17 years. 

Required Record 

100 yard dash : 13 2-5 sec. 

220 yard dash 28 sec. 

Running high jump 4 ft. 1 in. 

Running broad jump 13 ft. 6 in. 

League baseball throw 175 ft. 

Chinning 8 times 

Punting football . 80 ft. 

Putting 12 lb. shot 27 ft. 10 in. 

1 mile run 5 min. 55 sec. 

Pole vault 7 ft. 

Senior High, Third Year. 
Between 16 and 18 years. 

Required Record 

100 yard dash 13 1-5 sec. 

220 yard dash 27 3-5 sec. 

Running high jump ^ 4 ft. 3 in. 

Running broad jump 14 ft. 6. in. 

League baseball throw 190 ft. 

Chinning 9 times 

Punting football 86 ft. 

Punting 12 lb. shot 28 ft. 11 in. 

1 mile run 5 min. 38 sec. 

Pole vault —.7 ft. 9 in. 

Girls. 

Senior High, First Year. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash . ^ 14 2-5 sec. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



55 



Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 53 ft. 6 in. 

Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line 65 ft.__3 catches in 5 trials 

Basketball goal throwing 3 goals in 5 trials 

Push up 5 times 

Volley ball serving 3 times in 5 serves 

Senior High, 2nd year 
Between 16 and 17 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 15 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 55 ft. 

Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line 70 ft.__3 catches in 5 trials 

Baseball goal throwing 4 goals in 7 throws 

Push up 5 times 

Volley ball serving 3 times in 5 serves 

Senior High, 3rd year ■ 
Between 16 and 18 years. 

Required Record 

75 yard dash 15 2-5 sec. 

Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 56 ft. 

Playground baseball running catch ; distance be- 
tween throwing and catching line, 75 ft. 3 catches in 5 trials 

Push up 5 times 

Volley ball serving . 4 times in 6 serves 

Point Competition. 

The following charts are arranged so that it is possible 
for all the pupils to win points no matter what their athletic 
ability. Individual competitions can be arranged by means 
of individual score. Room averages can be computed, and 
compared. Competition between several schools in the county 
can also be arranged using these charts as a basis. There are 
great possibilities for competition of all sorts and it is hoped 
that the teachers will avail themselves of this opportunity. 



56 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



X 



X 



X 



X 



>5 



O lO O O »0 O O to O lOOlOOlO 
tH iH (M (M CO 00 lO io?o«ot-i:- 



lO lO lO lO lO lO lO lO lO LO lO 

WW WW \\w 

CO (N tH ^ CO (M tH CO (M t-1 

O) -rjl CO CO CO CO CO <M W (M (M (M tH tH rH tH iH 

M iH iH tH iH tH tH tH -iH tH tH tH tH tH tH tH iH 



\ WW 
tH CO (M 1-1 



0) CO CO CO CO 

U2 ^ -r-i r-i 1-i -r-i 



to to to to tOtOlOtO 
WW WW 
'^COCvlrH "<^CO(MtH 



to to to to to 

w \ w 

. (M tH CO (M 



to to to to to to to 

w\ \ w\. 

CO CM tH CO (M 



to 



O CO CO CO CO CO <M (M (M (N tH ,-( iH 



to to to »o to to to to to to to to to 

\ WW WW WW 

iH CO (M tH -<:1< CO (M tH CO C<J tH 

Tj< CO CO CO CO CO (M C<3 CQ 



(D to to "'t Tf< 
J/i tH rH rH tH T— I 



to to to to to 

\ w w 

. CO (M tH ^ CO 

o 

<D to to to to 
C/2 tH iH tH iH 1— I tH 



tOtO tOtO tOtO tOtO 

w w w w 

(M tH CO (N tH ri< CO 

-rt^ CO CO CO CO CO (M (M 



to to to to to 

WW \ 
Tj< CO (M iH 



to to to 

\ w 

CO (M iH 



Q) (M (M (M (M (M iH rH rH 1-1 ,-1 O 
J/2 iH tH tH iH iH iH iH iH iH tH tH 



to to to to 

w\ \ 

CO CM iH rj< 
O O O O Oi 



to to to to to 
\ WW 
tH CO (M iH 



to to to to 

WW 
''^ CO CN iH 



5 CO CO C<l (M C<l (M (M tH iH iH iH 
^r-ir-^T-^r-^^7-i rH tH ^ rH 



to to to to 

WW 
CO (M iH 

iH O O O O 



to to to to to 

w \ w 

.(NiH ^CO(M 
tH iH 1-1 O O O 



to to to to to to to to 

\ w\ \ w,\ 

iH ^CO(M tH ''^fCOlM 

05 05 05 05 05 00 00 00 



to to to to to 

\ w w 

tH Tj< CO (M iH 
a; 05 05 00 00 00 00 



to to to to to to to to 

WW WW 

r^t CO (M 1-1 CO 03 rH 

00 O t- t- t- t-CD<X>COCO 



o to o to 

O to tH tH (M <M 



to O to O to 
to ?D CO t- t- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



57 



O o to o 

00 00 as (35 o 



LO LO lO lO 
CO (M tH 

O O o o o 



lO LO lO LO 
WW 
CO C<J T-l 

1-1 o o o o 



LO lOl LO LO 
tH CO 
r-l tH O O O 



LO LO LO LO 

WW 
-i^t CO (M 1-1 

(M 1-1 tH i-( 



LO LO LO LO 

w w 

(M tH Ti< CO 
(M (M (M tH rH 



LO LO LO us 

\ w \ 
CO eg th 

C5 G5 G5 C5 00 



LO LO LO LO 

WW 
T}* CO C<I iH 

O 05 05 C5 05 



LO LO LO LO 

\ \. w 

iH CO (N 

00 00 t- t> 



LO LO LO LO 

WW 
rj< CO (M tH 

?0 LO LO LO US 



O 

O LO O LO o 
00 00 05 (35 tH 



58 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



H 
g 

O 

fa ^ 
O CQ 









O (M CD 00 


C<J CO 00 
tH tH tH iH iH 


C<1 CO 00 

(M (M (M (M 




CO CO 








1 Po 










INIOR HIGH 




<X) t- 00 05 o 

+i CO CO CO CO CO 
tH tH rH tH 1—1 


rH i rH (M CO 

CO 

tH iH iH iH iH 


CO t- 00 
^ ^ ^ iH ^ 


rH rH 




1— ( 
><! 


i T-Tc^co ^ 


in CO t- 00 05 


rH i rH (M 


CO 




m 




+J CO CO CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO CO 


CO CO 










^- LO «D t- 00 


05 tH i tH 
tH rH i 


eg CO CO 


t- 00 


MP 




><! 


4i C<1 C<1 (M (M <M 
SH tH 1— 1 rH tH rH 


(M (M (M CO CO 
iH rH tH iH iH 


CO CO CO CO CO 
T-\ r-\ T-K r-K 


CO CO 
rH rH 


[ING BROAD JU 








[GH 1 

1 




• «D t> 00 Oi O 

•S '-^ 

^ tH tH iH T-l tH 


rH i rH (M CO 
rH 

rH (M (N (M (M 


10 CO 00 
(M (M 03 (M (M 


OS 
rH 


^jiOR h: 


VIII 


^- T}< <X> t- 00 

o o o o o 

«fH 1-H 1— 1 tH tH tH 


05 rH : rH 
rH rH 

rH rH 
•r-\ r-^ T->, y-K 


(M CO LO CO 

T-{ T-^ T-< y-K y-K 
rH rH iH rH 1— 1 


t- 00 

rH rH 
rH rH 


RUN^ 


•-5 


IIA 


• 05 O tH : iH 
_C ^ ^ : 

• 00 00 00 05 05 


(M CO T}< 10 CO 
C5 05 05 05 05 


t- 00 Oi rH 
rH rH 

Oi C5 05 OS 01 


i rH 


rH rH 






> 


t- 00 05 O 

-M t- t> t- t- t- 

«H 


rH i rH (M CO 
rH 

t- 00 00 00 00 


Tl< in CD t- 00 

00 00 00 00 00 


OS 
rH 

00 00 




1 

ELEMENTi^ 


> 


• CO Tj< Utl CO t- 
«0 CO ?D «0 CO 


00 OrH i 
rH rH ! 

CO CO CO CO t- 


rH «M CO in 
t- t- t- t- 


CO t- 




> 

t— 1 


^ 05 O r-l i 1-1 
•S i-l rH i 

+i to lO LO CO CO 


(M CO 10 CD 
CO CO CO CO CO 


t> 00 05 rH 
rH rH 

CO CO CO CO CO 




UMP 




> 


• OS O iH i 1-1 
• S T-l i 

CO CO CO '^J* 


CM CO to CO 


t- 00 OS rH 
rH rH 

Tt^ 


i 

10 10 


ROAD J 












ELEMENTARY 


> 


• CO t- 00 05 O 
• S 

4J CO CO CO CO CO 


rH 1 rH (N CO 
rH 

CO 


Ti( IC CD t- 00 

""Jj* 


OS 
rH 


DING B 


> 


• (N CO ^ LO CO 

CO CO CO CO CO 


t- 00 Oi rH 
rH rH 

CO CO CO CO CO 


i rH (M CO TjH 


in CO 


STAN 


Grade 



Ph 

(M CO 00 


(M -rj^ CO 00 
rH rH rH rH rH 


(M CD 00 
oq oq <M (N (N 


(M 
CO CO 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 59 



Tj< CO 00 




O <M «0 00 


O (M Tt< CO 00 


O CM Tj< CO 00 O 


CO CO CO 


o w ^ ^ « 


LO »J0 LO lO lO 


CO CO CO CO CO 


t- t> t- t- t- 00 


rH ; 1-H 


CO LO CO 


l> 00 OS O rH 


: rH (M C3 


to CO 00 OS o 


tH ■ i 




rH rH 




rH 


lO 


lO lO lO IC 


lO to lO lO lO 


CD CO CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO ?0 CO 


iH tH iH 


T-i rH r-^ r-i 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


r-i T-i r-t r-t r-i r-i 


lO CO t- 


00 OS O rH 


rH (M CO lO 


«0 00 OS O 


rH : rH (M CO 


rH rH 




■rH 


rH 


Tj< "rtt ^ 


Tj* Tjt ""Jj* 


lO to LO to to 


to to to to to 


to CO CO CO CD CO 


tH tH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH tH rH rH tH 


rH rH rH rH rH rH 


O 1-1 


i rH «M CO 


to CO t> 00 OS 


O rH • rH (M 


CO to CD 00 


iH tH 






rH rH 




CO CO CO 


^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 


iH ^ ^ ^ ^ 


TJH rt< to lO to 


to to to to to to 


tH tH tH 






rH rH rH rH rH 


r-\ T-i r-i r-i r-i r-i 




i-H i tH 


(M CO •rt* CO 


t> 00 OS O rH 


; rH C<J CO 


to CO t- 00 OS O 






rH rH 




rH 


OJ CO CO 


CO CO CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO CO 


2 ^ ^ 2 ^ 




r-( tH iH 


rH rH rH rH tH 


rH rH rH rH rH 




iH r-i tH T-i r-i r-t 


OS O rH 


i rH (M CO 


to CO t> 00 OS 


O rH i rH C<1 


CO to CD t> CX) 


tH iH 






rH rH 




tH tH tH 


(M (M (NJ (M (M 


(M (M (M (M 


(M (M CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO CO CO 


rH rH tH- 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH rH 


(N CO ^ 


lO CO 00 OS 


O rH : rH C<l 


CO to CO t> 


00 OS O rH ; rH 






rH rH 




rH rH 


O O O 


o o o o o 


O O tH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


rH rH rH rH (M (M 




rH 1 rH 


(N CO Ti* U3 CO 


t> 00 OS O tH 


i tH CM CO rl< 


to CO t- 00 OS O 


rH 




rH tH 




rH 


00 Oi OS 


OS OS OS OS OS 


OS OS OS OS OS 


O O O O O 


O O O O O O 








r-i r-i T-f T-i 


rH rH rH rH rH rH 


00 OS O 


rH i rH (M CO 


T}< to CO t> 00 


OS O tH i tH 


(M CO to CO t- 


rH 


rH 




rH rH 




t- t- t> 


C- 00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 OS OS 


OS OS OS OS OS OS 


CO 


iO CO t- 00 OS 


O rH ! rH (M 


CO Tf* lO) CO t- 


00 OS O rH I rH 






lH rH 




rH rH 


t- 1> t> 


t> t- t> t- 


t> 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 00 


00 00 00 00 OS OS 




05 CO 


lO CO t> 00 OS 


O rH i rH (N 


CO Tt< to CO t- 


00 OS O rH i tH 






rH rH 




rH rH I 


lO lO U3 


Ifi) IC to iO lO 


lO to CO CO CO 


CO CO CO CO CO 


CD CO CD CO t> tr- 


rH • rH 


(M CO lO CO 


t> 00 OS O rH 


i rH CM CO T}* 


io «0 t> 00 OS O 


rH 




rH rH 




rH 


rJ4 lO 


lO lO 


to to to to to 


CO CO CO CO CO 


CO 50 CO CD CO CO 


t- 00 OS 


O rH i rH (N 


CO to CO t- 


00 OS O tH 


rH (M CO Tj< to CO 




rH rH 




rH rH 






LO lO lO 


to lO to to to 


to to to lO CO 


CO CO CD CD CD CD 


TJ4 CO 00 


O ^ ^ ^ » 


O (M CO 00 


O CM CO 00 


O (M CO 00 O 


CO CO CO 




to to to to to 


CO CO CO CO CO 


l> O C- t> t- 00 



4 

60 ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



X 



X 



M O (N Tj< ?0 00 O (M rft <0 00 O (M «D 00 O (N 

-i:^ THT-lrHiHTH C^;>q(N(M(M COCO 

*o 

Oh 



tO?Ot-t>00 OOOSOiOO r-l rH 



JH_?D CO ?0 to CO _CDCOCO «0 CO CO CO t> t- t- t- 



tH tH (M (MCOCO-^"^ lOlOCOCOt- t- 00 



S-lCDCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCO 



X 



X 



X 



OSOSOOrH T-l rH tH (M (M CO CO Tt< lO 



CO CO CO CO CO CO TjH rj< Tj< Tj< r^* -tH tJ< tJ< 



t- 00 00 OS 05 O O tH tH 



tH tH (M <M CO 



CO CO CO CO CO COCOCOCOCO Tl< rt< 'Tj* 



^ ^ ^ ^ 

IC lO CO CO t- 00 00 05 05 OO 



(hCOCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCO'^ 



X 



^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



COTfi-^LO LOCOCOt-tr- 000005050 Oi-f 



tH CO CO CO CO CO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO coco 

t-iOOtHi-H • iHiH(MC<J COCO-^-^lO kO«0 



«f-t (M (M (M CO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCO 



.St-t-000005 OSOOiHtH 



4h (M CM (rq (M CvJ (M(M(MC<J(M COCOCOCOCO COCO 



jj;^^;^ 

.5 lO IC CO'CO t> t-00 00 05 05 OOiHtH 



(M IM (M (M CM (M OQ (M (M (M (M (M (M CM CO CO CO 

•ScMCMCOCO"^ TjilOlOCOCO l>t-00 00 O5 050 

rH 

5+H (M CM (M (M C<I CM (M (M (M (M (M (M (M (M CM (M (M 



iH tH (M (M CO CO ^ LO UO CO CO t- 00 



(M (M (M (M (M (M (M (M <M (M CM CM (M (M (M (M (M 



•S 

P O CM CO 00 O (M CO 00 O (M 

Ph.O CM^COOO iHrHTHrHrH CM(M(M(M(M COCO 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



-rfi <:0 GO OOJ-^COOO 0(M^?000 OfM'^COOO OC<l'Tt<.(X>CX)0 
CO CO CO ^ T}< ^ LQ lO LO LO LO (:o CO CD liO t>C~t~t-C-00 







^ ^ ^ 








OJ CO CO 


Tj( r}( lO lO cr> 


CO t- C~ 00 CX) 


05 as o o th 




iH iH <M 



t> t- 


t- t- 1> c- t- 


c~ t- c- t- t- 


t- tr- 








;^ ;^ 






OO 05 


O O iH iH 


tH iH (M <M 


CO CO ^ 





_ 00 00 00 CO 00 

^ ^ ^ ' 

lO CO CO t> 00 



O CO CO CD CO CO CO t- t> t- t- 



CO CO 



t- t- 00 00 as 



;^ 

ai o o T-H th 



t> t> t> t^- 



tr» t> t> t- tr- l> 

(M CO CO -rt< lO 



Tj< ^ -Tt* ^ ri< Tj< Tj* IC LO »0 lO lO lO lO lO lO LO lO 



CO Tl< T}< 



LO LO CO CO t- 



^ ^ ^ 

00 00 ai OS 



O O rH tH 



^ ^ ^ 

th »-H (>a CO 



TJH -rf xt< 



CO CO lO 



^ Vj^ 

lO CO CO Cr- o 



00 00 as as o 



lO LO to lO LO lO 
O 1-1 1-1 



'^J^ 



^ tJ< LO lO 



tH (M (N CO 



CO 'xf^ LO LO 



CO t- t- 00 



00 as as o o r-i 



CO t- 00 00 05 05 



^'^J^ "'tj^ 

tH rH (M (M CO CO Tj< Tj< LO CO 



COCOCO COCOCOCOCO COC0CO'=:f<'^ "Tji TJH r)< Tj< -Tt< Tj< Tj< 







^ 


;^ 1 


;^ ;fj ^ 


CO ^ 


LO lO CO CO Cr- 


t- 00 00 05 as 


O O rH iH 


tH iH (M (M CO 



CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO rj< Tl< Tt< 



r-l (M (M 



CO CO 



^ ^ 

LO CO CO t- t- 



00 00 05 05 O 



O iH iH 



COCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO _C0 CO CO ^ ^ 

00 00 OS OS o 



O tH iH 



iH iH <M 



;^ ;^ ;^ ;^ 

(MCOCOTjf-^ lOlOCOCOt- 



<M (M <M 



COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCO CO COCOCOCOCO CO CO CO CO CO CO 

tH tH (M (M CO CO ^ lO LO CO CO l> t- 00 



00 OS OS O O rH 



CO C<l (M CM (M CO COCOCOCOCO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 



'vH CO 00 O <M CD 00 O (M CO 00 O tM O 00 O (M CO 00 O 
COCOCO -vh ^ lO >0 LO LO to COCOCOCOCO C- l> t- t> 00 



62 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



N (M (N Oa (N 



J. t> CS rH CO LO 
t> 00 00 00 



4j (M ?D 00 O 
0) t- t> t> t- 00 

«H 



t> O tH CO I> OS iH CO lO t> Oi 

00 00 Oi CS OS05000 oo 



cq'^<x>ooo (M lo 00 o 

00000000 05 05050S050 OO 



^ t- 05 tH CO lO 

a3 to «o t- 1> t- 



t> 05 CO lO 
00 00 05 05 05 



4J CO lO t- 05 iH 
OJ CD ?D «0 «D t- 

0) 



CO t> 05 1-1 
t> t> t> t> 00 



CO lO t- Oi T-l 

00 00 00 00 05 



I o 
I « 
w 

Eh 



XI 



jj W t- OS tH-CO 

q5 00 00 00 OS OS 

-0) 



LO t> OS tH CO lO t> OS iH CO »r5 c- 
OS OS OS O O . O O O tH rH iH iH 



OS 1-H CO lO l> 
(D t- 00 00 00 00 



OS rH CO t- 
OS O O O O 



^ (M «0 00 O 
c5 t- t- t- tr- 00 



(N TJH ?0 00 O C<1 Tjt 

OS OS OS OS o o o 



(N Tt< «D 00 O 
^ CO «0 «D CO t- 

O) 



(M -rf* «0 00 O 
t> t- t- 00 



(M -rt" CD 00 O (M Tj< 
00 00 00 00 OS OS OS 



4J t- OS tH CO 
OJ »0 lO lO CO CO 

«H 



^ (M ^ CO 00 o 
■g Tj* Tl< •rj< T}< lO 



lO t- OS tH CO 
t- t- t- 00 00 



03 Ti< CD 00 O 
CO CD CD CO t- 



O (N CO 00 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



63 



O (M ?0 00 
lO lO LO »0 lO 



o oa to CO o 

t- t- t- t- t- 00 





OS 


tH 


CO 






Ol 






(M 










tH 


tH 




r-i 


tH 


tH 





t> as iH CO LO 
CO CO -rtf ^ 



t- 05 tH CO t- 

lO lO lO LO 



v.'*- -SJ- LL^ IX^ 

THTHr-trHrH rHr-tiHr-lTHiH 



«D 00 O 
O O i-H 









00 


O 


(M 


?o 


00 O 


oa CO 00 o 


C<i «0 00 O 


(M 


tH 


rH 












(M CO 


CO CO CO CO 


IC 




tH 




tH 


iH 


tH 


rH iH 


tH 




iH 1-1 tH rH tH 


T-( iH tH rH tH 


rH 





05 


tH 


CO 


U5 


t- 


05 


tH 


CO ^ 


O 


O 




tH 




tH 




(M 




tH 


tH 


rH 


y-i 


tH 


tH 


rH 


rH 


r-l iH 



OS rH CO lO 

oq c<j CO CO CO 



CO 






05 


rH 


CO 


lO 


o 


05 tH 


CO »0 05 rH 


CO LO 05 rH 


CO 


o 


O 


o 


O 


rH 


rH 


tH 


rH 


rH (M 


(M C<1 <M (M CO 


CO CO CO CO r}< 




rH 


rH 


rH 


tH 


rH 




rH 


rH 


rH rH 


rH rH rH rH rH 


y-i i-H r-i tH r-i 


rH 



05 rH CO 


lO 




OS 


rH 


CO 


rH (M (M 






CM 


CO 


CO 


rH rH rH 


rH 


rH 


rH 


rH 





lO t> 05 rH CO lO t- Oi rH CO Ut) t- 05 rH CO lO 

CO CO CO Tj< lo lo LO <X) CO to 



05 rH CO >Ol t- 
rH (M (M (M (M 



05 rH CO LO t- 
(M CO CO CO CO 



to 00 o 
o o o 



C^-^tOOOO C^J^tOOOO (M O 00 O (M'^COOOO(M 
rH tH rH rH C<1 (>a (M (M (M CO CO CO CO CO Tj< lO LO 



to 00 O (N rl< CO 00 O (M t}< CO 00 O C<I ""^t* CO 00 O (M tJ< CO 00 O <M 
<35 05 O O O O O rH rH rH rH rH (M (M (M (M (M CO CO CO CO CO 



OS rH CO 
00 Oi OS 



lO t- OS rH CO 

OS OS OS o o 



LO tr- OS tH CO LO t> OS rH CO 
O O O rH rH rH rH rH (M (M 



CO 00 O (M ^ CO 00 O (M^COOOO (M tJ* CO 00 O (M CO 00 O <M 
t~ t- 00 00 00 00 00 OS OS OS OS OS O O O O O rH rH rH rH rH (M (M 

rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH 



CO 00 O (M Tj< CO 00 O (M CO 00 O (M to 00 O (M CO 00 O 
CO CO CO Ti< -rf ^ LO LO LO LO LO CO CO CO CO CO t- t- t> t- t> 00 



64 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



X 



o (M eo 00 

(N <M (M (N (M 



^ as rH CO lO t- 

q; (M CO CO CO CO 



OS tH Ot) t> 

CO T}< 



C5 r-l CO Uti t- 
LO U2 



jj LO t- C5 1-1 CO 

(M (M (M CO CO 

<4H 



J, O C<l «D 00 
<M (M (M (M 

m 



O(Mn<«000 OfM^COOO O (N 
COCOCOCOCO '^''^jH'^'^-rJ^ LOi-O 



X 



^ 10 t> as r-l CO 
^ CO CO «o t- t- 
T— I 1— I r-( T— I tH 



ilC t- ai th CO Lf:; t- 
00 00 00 ai 05 05 OS 



X! 



O (M Tl< CO 00 
■5- 10 iO 10 10 
rH tH t~4 



O (M «D 00 O (M 
t- t- t- t- t- 00 00 



_^ O (M «0 00 
CO CO CO CO CO 
tH tH iH iH i-H 



o ^ ^ o « 



O (M Ti< CO 00 
10 LO 10 10 10 



(M «0 00 
-^C<1 C<1 (M (M 
53 tH ,-1 rH rH r-l 



O (M 'Tt^ CO 00 
CO CO CO CO CO 



O (M CO 00 O (M 
-rf Tj< TJH rj( LO LC 



_^ 10 t> as rH CO 

as as OS o o 



to t- Oi rH CO 
O O O rH rH 



10 t- as rH CO LO t- 
rH rH rH (M C<J C<1 (M 



O C<I ^ CO 00 
OC^I'^COOO rHrHrHrHrH 



O (M 
CO CO- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



«0 00 O (N «D 00 O (M Tfi CO 00 O (M CO 00 O (M «D 00 O 
CO CO CO Tj< rf< lO LC ?o CO ?D «0 CD t- t- t- t> t- 00 



65 



COlitit- 05r-iC0lOt- OlrHCOlOt- OSrHCOlOt- 05i-ICOLOt>OS 
COCOCO CO l> t- t> t- I> 00 00 00 00 00 05 0105 05 0500000 



05 r-l CO 
lO CO CO 



b- 05 tH CO 

CO «o CO t> tr- 



io t- 05 1-1 CO 

t- t- t- 00 00 



lO t- 05 T-l CO 
00 00 00 05 05 



LO t> 05 th CO in 

05 05 05 O O O 



O (M CO 00 
CO CO CO CO CO 



O <M CO 00 O 
05 05 05 05 05 



lO t> 05 tH CO 
O O O 1— I 1— I 
(M C<J (N (M CM 



lO 05 iH CO 
tH T— I 1— I (M CM 

(M (M C<I eg 



kO t- 05 1— I CO 
Cvj (M CO CO 
(M (M (M (M (M 



lO 05 iH CO lO 

CO CO CO ^ ^ 
(>3 <M (>J (M (M C<l 



O Cvl CO 00 O (M CD 00 
O50505O5O5 OOOOO 
tH i-H tH tH (M C<J Cv3 (M (M 



O <M CO 00 
tH tH iH T-H T-j 

oq (M (M (M 



O C<J CD 00 O 
(M (M C<1 (M CO 
OQ CM (M (M CM 



CO 00 
CO CO CO 



O CO GO O(M^C00C O (M ""^ CO 00 O (M ^ CO 00 O 

t- t> t> t> 00 00 00 00 00 05 05 05 05 05 O O O O O rH 
tHtHiHiHtH THiHrHrHrH rHiHTHrHrH C<!(MC<1(M(MC<I 



O (M CO 00 
CO CO CO CO CO 



O CO 00 

00 00 00 CXD 00 



O C\l CO 00 o 
05 05 05 05 05 
1— I tH tH tH tH (M 



rJ<CO00 O (M CO 00 0(M^«000 O (M CO 00 O (M r}« CO 00 O 

eococo T}*"^Tj<'^-<# loioioioio cococococo t~ t>- ;^ nr. 
3— PE 



66 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



OtH<NCO^IO «Ot-00 CKO : tH (M CO •<!}« IC 



I i 



^ Tti CO CO CO CO CO COCOCOCOCO (MCslWeMOl 



OUS'i^COtMrHO OS00t-?OU5 ''S* CO (M iH O 
0) lO lO »0 to lO lO Tl* Tf« Tl« Tl< Tj« Tl« 



XI 



s 



+j lO U3 to lO LO iO <ococo«o«o «Ot-t-l>t- 
«H (N CM (N Ca C<I(M(N(N(M N (M CM W N 



4j CO CO CO CO CO Tjt Tj* r)« rj« lO »0 LO lO lO 

«H <M (N W (M N W C<I(MNC<!<M Ol (M <N (M W 



X 



X 



tH iH i-l tH T-I(M <M(N(MCqCQ COCOCOCOCO 
«+H <M W (N W C^(N01(M<M <M (M W N 



(Mrl«<£)00O 



00 00 00 00 00 Oi OOSOOiOi 



:<M^«O00 



00000 
(M CM (M 



j i 



O iH CM CO Tl< IC 



i i 



o 

COt-OOOiTH 



I I 



1 I I i ! 



I i 

I i 



iH c<j CO 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



67. 



«oi>cx)Oio th<mw^>o eot-ooo50 TH(MeoTt<io tot-oooo 

rHT-<THr-l(M (M(M(M<M(M CQ(M(M(MCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCO"* 



III 11 



tPOOCJItHO O500t-«OlO Tf<00<MrHO 05 00 t- «D lO t}< CO (M iH 
(M(MeNI<MCSJ rHrHiHTHrH iH rH tH tH r-l 



lOlOUSlOlO lOlOlOXOtO lOlOlOlOlO lOlOLOlOlO LOlOlOlOlO 



OS00t-«OlO T)»CC<MrHO Oi 00 l> «0 lO rl* CO iH O OS 00 t- «0 Ift 
COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO (N W W (M (N(M(MCNJCa iHtHtHtHtH 



LOlOlOlOlO kjOlOlOiOlC lOlOlOlOlO lOiOlOlOlO lOlOlOlOlO 



OOO iC^'* .<X>00O iCvT M<eOOOO • (Mt}«<U?00O i(NTl<CO00 



t-t>00O0O0 00 00 00C35Oi OSOSCSOSO OOOOO »Hr-l»HtHiH 
!>?(MC<IC<1<N (NCa(M<NC<J CQCNOICQCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO 



kO«0C&C0«0 <0«Ot-t-t> t>t>t>0000 00000000 05 OiCS05CSO> 

e4C<ic<ic^C4 cqwwwca Ncqcqwcq cjcjcvjww <m<ncvi<mc<i 



O -e^TlKO OOO SCQ-^ «0000 !C<I Tt« «0 00 O i CQ ?0 00 O 
fH • rH : iH i tH • rH 



I Ti» rj» -^^ Tj» Tj* Tji lo ir5 lo io»ou5«o«o tototDeot- t-t-t-t-C- 

IWCqNCa (MWOKNCQ (MCM<MC<I(N (M <M <M (M C3 (N (M (M (M W 



O l«MTji«0 OOO iOl'";}* iXSOOO i W CO 00 O ! <NJ rl< «0 00 O 



OWtHtHiH tHtHC<I<NC<J (M(MC<JC0C0 COCOCOCO'* •^rj*r}<"<4*Tl« 
MWOawca CO<MC<I<M(N WCNKMNW C^CQ(N(MN OJ (M (M w n 



i i 



c 1 I : 

Ml! 



! ! i 
i I 1 



i i ! 



; i i 
> i 



«>I>OOOSO rH<NCO'«*m CDt-00050 tH<MCO'>*10 Ot-00C5O 
»-(iHtHtHCv| (NWCMOIW C<J(M(N(MCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCO"^ 



68 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



lO lO 

^ CO <M 

^ tD CD to 
tn-r-ir-iy-i 



IjO O o 
iH (N CO 



»H CO 




tH tH ^ tH r-l tH tH ^ rH tH r-4 



X 



O) «0 lO 



CO (M tH 
lO lO 



lO lO lO lO >0 Lf5 

W\ WW 

CO (M tH '^t* CO (M rH 

'^'<*Tt'^ cocococo 



X 



iO iO lO lO lO 

w w \ 

CO C<J tH 

lO 's^t* T}< rj< CO COCOCOCO CM (M (M (M 
M tH tH iH t-{ y-i y-i tH tH »H tH tH r-l tH tH 



U5 lo lo loioioua 

W\ WW 
CO (M r-( CO (M 



X 



X5 



OJ T}< 'Tj^ r:J< 



LO kO to lO LO LO kO LO LO lO 

WW \W \ W 

CO (M tH Tt» CO (M y-i Tf CO 

COCOCOCO CO(MC<lC^ (M (M rH 



LO LO LO LO LO 

w w \ 

Tj< CO (M tH 

C^-<^COCO COCOCO(M 

c^tHtHtH iH tH tH 

lO LO LO LO LO 

\ \ \ w 

. y-i CO CO iH 



LO LO LO 

w\ 

CO (M tH 
(M (M 



LO LO LO LO 

WW 
CO C<1 iH 



lO LO LO lO 

WW 
CO (N tH 



LO LO LO 
rjt CO (M 



•73 



LO lO LO LO LO LO 

W WW 

. (M tH t1< CO (M rH 

y 

O) Tj< T}4 -Tt COCOCOCO 



LO LO LO LO LO LO 

\w \ w 

CO <M tH CO 

CO <M (M (M (M (M rH 1-1 



lO LO LO LO lO LO LOLO LO 

w\ \ w w \ 

'^j^COC^I y-i CO (NiH Tl< 

rH O O O O O OS Oi OSOiOSOO 



LO LO LO 

\ w 

CO (M 1-1 



LO LO LO 

^ w 

CO (>3 
05 00 00 00 



O LO O LO O 
O to tH tH C<J C<J CO 



LO LO LO LO LO LO 

\ w w \ 

tH CO (M tH 

OOOOt-t- it-t-t-50 



lO O LO o 

CO LO 



LO O lO o 
\0 «0 <£>-tr- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



lO O 1^5 O O 
t-00 00 o oo 



1^3 lO lO ^ 

CO (M tH 
CO CO CO CO CO 



-Tf CO (N iH 
CO C<l CO (M CO 



»0 »0 lO to 
^ CO (N tH 



w 



lO lO 
Tj* CO (M 
tH iH T-H O O O 



w w 

rt< CO OivH 
rH O O O O O 



to to to to tA 
iH Tt« CO (M tH 
rHrHO OOO 



to to to to to 

(M rH CO Ca 

iH tH iH OOO 



to to to to to 

CO (N iH "Tj* CO 

00 00 CO 00 t> l> 



to to 

w 

rj» CO 

«o to to 



o 

to o to o to o 

t-00 00 O 05 r-l 



70 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



OCM-^tD OOOCNJ'^CO OOOWHtO 00 O CM 



a j 
*o i 

i 



^<MC<J<M(M (N(NOJW<N !M CJ Oa OJ CO (M (M <M 



•CqNCOCO TjtTl*iOlO<D <Ot-t-0000 0SC5O 



O 

o s 



tH C<1 CO Tt"LO«C>t-00 (^Ot-I : 1-i OJ 



^ CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CC CO CO CO -"^f ■ 

^-^ ... 



^(NCNCOCO OOCOCOOOCC CCCOCOOOCC CCT»*Tf 



t-00a>O r-t irHC<ICC rj* kO «£> t- 00 Oi O rH 



-(jCQWC<J(M (NCOCOCOCO eococococo OOCOCO 



en 

.S i 

PL^ i 



I i 



1 i 



00a"«1<«0 OOrHrHi-lrH iH CO CO CO CO W 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



71 



Tj«?0 00O (N'«*«>00O (M'ttOOOO <MTj<(XiOOO (MrfeOOOO 
COCOCQ"^ Tjt -"^ ■^^« 1/5 YOioiOiO^O «C»<0«0«5t> t- t- t- t- C» 



tH : 1-1 iH(M<M00CO rj< lO O «0 t- t> 00 00 05 0> O O tH 



NCOCOCC C0C0C0C«3C0 cococococo irococococc cococococo 



OtHtH i fHr-tCaW eOCO'^'^lO lO«£>«Ot-t- ooooosoo 



NC^(MCO COCOMOOCC CO CO CO CO CO cococococo cococococo 



OOOSOJO OiHiH • fHiHN<NCO CO tJ« rj< lO lO «© «0 t- t- 00 



c<ic<ic<j(M (MiMOJcocc cococococo COCOCOCOCO cococococo 



ia«Ol>00 OJOrH i tH WC0tJ»U5«O fc-OOOOrH ■ rH (M CO Tj* 



Tj« ^ ^ "(j* Tj< irj u3 uaioioioio ifjioioioio ?o?oco?o«o 



«eOTl*lO »t-000>0 r-4 !iHC<ICC lO «0 t- 00 Oi O iH i rH 



•'trJ'Tf'* Ti* -"^ Tj« Lfi> lO iiO ifS lOiiMOiOiC U5 lO «0 *£> 



rt Ti< tJ4 lO lO lO 1/5 iO lO IC> lO lO »0 lO lO 



! I 



! i I • : 

MM i 



Mill 



i M 1 



Tj««000O (M'!l««000O WJ'COOOQ Oa «0 00 O (MtJ<?0000 
COCOCO-^ Tl<T#T^r^W5 U3lOif5lOCO 'XKD tO «0 t> t- t- t- I> 00 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



00 O C<I 

eg 00 CO CO 



1^ 



O (M «0 00 
?0 ?0 CO «C> CD 



OtM'^CDOO OCJrJtCO 
t-t-t-t-t- 00 00 00 00 



X! 



00 O (M Ti( CO 
CD t- t- t> t- 



X 



CO 00 O (M 
t- t- 00 00 



X 



^ (O oo <^ 

4-> Tj< LO 

0) 



(M -rti CD 00 O 03 CD 00 
CD CD CD CD t- t- t- t- 



tH CO kO t- 

0) 



00 O (M ^ 
4J CO 

'I' 



CO 00 O (N 
CO CO t- t- 



O eg CO 
-M CO CO CO CO 



CO lO t- Oi tH 
CO CO CO CO Tj* 



COlOt-OS^ C01Ot-O5 
Tj« Tjt Tj< lO LOlOiOlO 



Oi iH CO to 
(M CO CO CO CO 



05 tH CO IC t- 

00 ^>S* ''^J^ 



O C<J Tl* CO 



00 o eg CO 
iH c>j eg eg eg 



00 O (N 

eg CO CO CO 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



73 



■«?J< lf5 lO lO U3 CO ?0 CO «0 CO t- t- C- tr- t- 00 



00 O (M ri< CO 
O O O O O 



00 O (M ?o 00 O N CO 00 O (M 
C> 1-1 tH iH r-l rH <N <M CO C<l CO CO CO 



CO 00 O (M "Tf 
00 00 (35 .O5_O» " 


CO 00 O.OJ 

05 OS o : 

1—1 tH >H 


.co.oo o co.-^ 

O O »H r^T-t ■ 
1-1 tH tH 1-1 ,-1 


.CO -OO-O CO 
' T-liiHXO CO 
T-^ i-( 1-1 tH 


so 00 O , ' ! 
CO CO CO CO : 
iH iH iH tH - ! 


CO 00 ci> '(M • 
00 00 00 Oi OS . 


'*<0'06 0C<I 
OS ^OS OS o o 


^ CD o6 O CO - 
O O O r-l 
V-( tH r-( 1— 1 r-l 


"^f^CO OO o 

rH 1-1 r-t CO 

T-( 1-t 1-1 tH- 


\ ! ' ' 

CO CD 00 

CO CO C<1 CO 1 

1-1 1-1 rH l-( ■ t ■ 

- 














O SVl -"^ CO 00 
00 00 00 00 00 


O CO rj< CO 00 
OS OS OS OS OS 


O CO CO 00 

o o o o o 

T-i T-i . T-i tH r-l 


O CO CO 
1-1 1-1 iH 1—1 
tH tH iH iH 


00 O CO 
rH CO CO CO 




t>05 iH CO lO 

00 00 00 


t> OS tH CO lO 
00 00 OS OS 05 


OS r^ CO lO 
OS OS O O O 
1-1 1-i tH 


OS tH CO 
O O iH tH 
1— 1 tH 1— i T-I 


>0 t> OS rH 
rH iH tH CO 

-r-LrH.rH^ - 




CO 00 O <M 
t- t- t- 00 00 


n« CO 00 o CO 

00 00 00 OS OS 


CO 00 O CO 
OS OS OS o o 

tH t-I 


^ CO 00 o 
O O O iH 
rH rH iH tH 


CO Tj^ O 00 ' 
iH rH rH iH ■ 
tH tH rH tH . 




CO 00 O <M 

CO CO c- 1- 


CO 00 O CO 
t- t- 00 00 00 


CO 00 O CO rj* 
00 00 OS OS OS 


CO 00 O CO 
OS OS o o 
iH tH 


CO 00 o 

O O O rH 
iH iH tH tH 




»H CO lO t> 05 
CO CO CO CO CO 


^ CO t- OS 
c- t- t- t- 


iH CO t> OS 

00 00 00 00 00 


1-1 CO LO 
OS OS OS OS 


OS tH"CO 

OS o o o 

iH rH tH 




C- OS tH CO lf3 
lO lO CO CO CO 


t- OS T-l CO lO 
CO CO t- c- 


t- OS 1-1 CO lO 

00 00 00 


t- OS iH CO 

00 00 OS OS 


lO t- OS iH 
OS OS OS o 
iH 





















CO 00 O CO ^ 
CO CO Tl< 



CO 00 O CO Tj< 



CD 00 O 
l> t- 00 



ALABAMA MA^AL OF 



OiOO»OOtOOlOOtO OtO O "5 o »o O O o 



o o 



O 

% 

O 



! I 

: ! 



i i 



1 M .1! I 

I - j M ^ 



} i 



WW WW 

loooooo>oiOOio>ooooooooooc-c-t-t-t-<e 

<N(MpJC<lWHr-lr-tiHrHr-l»H»HrH,Hr-l,HWrHTHiH 



\ \\ w 

CO W iH COCfl r-» 



tOLOkOLO LO lO to to 



WW 
-^CONtH 



WW 
^CONrH 



la^iOiO laiaiaia loiaioia xoiaiava 

^OOWrH ^COea^ ^eOClrH ^COCJrH 



iOTi*Ti«Ti*Ti«Tj<coeocococoeQOic<!c<JN 



Lo ko lo la 

WW 
CON tH 



U3 kO lOtO 
W\"\ 
'^COC>lrH 



lA U3 lO kO 1/5 lO 
T1*C0(N»H TjtCO 



S^kOlOkn»tOTtrl«'«tT}<Tl«COCOCOCOCOCaC<lC<INNr-«r-l 



kO kO kO kO 
WW 
"^COejrH 



kOkOkOkO 



kO LO kO kO 
WW 
"^CONrH 



kO kO kO kO 
WW 
COOJ tH 



a> iH O O O O O <3>O>O>O>OS0000000000t-t-t-t-t- 

WTtn^Tj^-^Tii-^cococooocbcocococococoeocoinoeo 



kOLOkOka kOkOkOkO kOkOkOkO kOkAkOkO 
WW WW WW WW 
. rJ«CO(MtH rl«CONTH CO C; r-t CO i-i 

3>Tj«COCOCOCOcO(NNC<JC<IC4T-''-lr-liHTHOOOOo 



! ! 



.S i 

O i 

Ph i 



i i 



1 1 

i i 



1 I ! I 



! i 



OtDOkOOkOOkOO»/50kOOtOOkOOkOO 
kOr-(T-<C<J(M00C0>^'<*kOlO«>»t-t-00000>CSrH 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



76 



Rules For Events. 

Baseball Distance Throw : 

The thrower is allowed to run in making the throw, but 
must not run over the throwing line. Measure shortest dis- 
tance from throwing line to spot where ball first hit the 
ground. Three throws shall be allowed and the best throw 
counted. Scale of points, see pages 62, 64 and 72. 

Balancing: 

Use a standard beam or a two by four with the narrow part 
up. The length should be at least ten feet. 

Chinning: 

A portable chinning bar can be placed in a doorway. Bar 
must be high enough so the contestant can hang at full length 
and not touch the ground. Either an "under" or "over grasp" 
is allowed. Each time he must pull up so that chin Avill be 
level with top of bar, and then lower himself to full length. 
He must not swing, jerk or kick. Each pull up counts one 
point. 

Dashes : 

Any kind of a starting position may be used, either a stand- 
ing position or a crouching sprinting start. 

The "starter" says "on your marks," "get set," "go" If the 
sprint start is used, when the signal "on your marks" is given 
the pupil puts finger on starting line, kneels on one knee which 
should be about 10 inches back of starting line, and places 
toot beside knee. When the signal "get set" is given he raises 
up on toes, leans forward on hands and looks down the tract. 
He starts with the signal "go" or better with a starter's pis- 
tol. Scale of points, see pages 56 and 68. 

Flag Race : 

Six one-pint bottles and three 10-inch or 12-inch flags are 
necessary. 

Arrangement for Girls: Arrange bottles number one, two 
and three, and bottles four, five and six, in two parallel lines, 
with five-foot intervals between bottles in each line. The 
distance between bottles number three and four shall be 
ten feet. The starting line for Grade VI shall be twenty feet, 
for Grade VII twenty-five feet, and for high school thirty-five 
feet from bottle number one. 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



The race for boys and girls is the same. Place one flag in 
bottles number one, two and three. The contestant runs from 
the starting line, removes the flag from bottle number one and 
places it in bottle number four. He return for flag number 
two, passing between bottles number one and two, and places 
it in bottle number five. He returns for flag number three, 
passing between bottles number two and three and places it in 
bottle number six, and then crosses the starting line. See 
Dashes for start and finish. Scale of points on page 74. 

Potato Race: 

Draw four circles in a direct line, twelve inches in diameter 
and five yards apart from center to center Have a starting 
line five yards from the center of first grade. 

A basket containing four stones or potatoes, is placed on 
the starting Hne. At a signal the contestant who is standing 
on the starting line, takes one potato, runs and places it in the 
first circle, returns for another potato and runs with that to 
another circle. As soon as the last potato is placed, he re- 
turns to the starting line and then runs back to the first circle, 
getting potato and returns it to the basket, and continues in 
this way until all the potatoes are returned to basket. Scale of 
points, see page 74. 

Punting Football : 

Use a regular football. Punter may take as many steps as 
he wishes before punting, but must not step over the punting 
line. Measure the shortest distance from punting line to 
place where ball first strikes the ground. Three punts should 
be permitted, and best one counted. Scale of points, see page 
62. 

Push Up : 

Have the pupils lie face downward flat on the floor. Put 
the hands flat on floor close to shoulders. Straighten arms, 
and push up, supporting weight on hands and toes, keep back 
stiff. Lower body and without resting push up again. Each 
push up counts one point. 

Regular Relay Races: 

Any kind of a start may be used. Either run the race in 
a circle or to a given point and return. The runner who 
starts for each team should carry a baton or stick and hand it 
to his team-mate, after running his distance. A relay should 
consist of : 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



.77 



360 yards — 8 men, each running — 45 yards 
440 yards — 8 men, each rmming — 55 yards. 
880 yards — 8 men, each running — 110 yards. 
Three places should be counted, 1st 5 points, 2nd 3 points, 
3rd, 1 point. 

Running Broad Jump : 

Measure from toe to heel. A starting mark need not be 
used but mark left by toe in jumping should be noted. Meas- 
ure shortest distance to mark left in landing, etc. Three trials 
are allowed. Scale of points, see page 58. 

Standing Broad Jump : 

Jump from a definite starting line and toe the mark. Meas- 
ure from toe shortest distance to mark left by heel or other 
part of body or clothing. Three trials are allowed. Scale of 
points, see pages 58 and 70. 

Running High Jump : 

Each contestant should have three trials for each height. 
If he runs under to cross bar it is counted as a trial. He may 
use any form he desires. The number of inches he jumps 
determine the number of points received. Scale of points, see 
pages 60 and 70. 

Sit Up : 

Have the pupil lie down on his back, arms beside body, legs 
out straight and heels together. He then raises trunk of body 
to a sitting position keeping heels on floor, knees and elbows 
straight. Pupil must not grasp clothing or touch floor with 
hands. When the sitting position is reached, immediately low- 
er the trunk and when the head touches floor raise trunk 
again, etc. Each sitting position counts one point. 

Target Throw : 

Indoor baseball is used. Target placed at distance of 20, 25 
and 30 feet from throwing line. Draw target circles on wall 
or fence out of doors : 

Count as follows : 

Inside circle — diameter 1 ft. — 30 points. 
2nd circle — diameter 3 ft. — 20 points. 
3rd circle — diameter 5 ft. — 10 points. 
4th circle — diameter 7 ft. — 5 points. 

Each contestant must take three throws — total points of 
the three throws are counted as each individual score. 



78 



ALABAMA MANUAL OP 



Volley Ball Serving: ' 

Stretch a cord or volley ball net across a playing area at a 
height of 8 feet. Draw a serving line 24 feet from net. The 
contestant should toe the line with either foot. The ball is 
thrown in the air with one hand and struck with the other 
over the net, so that it will fall within a square twelve by 
twelve feet. Three trials should be allowed. 

INTER-SCHOOL ATHLETICS. 

Great care must be taken in the organization of inter-school 
athletics. The first important matter to be considered is the 
coach or teacher in charge. He should be one of excellent 
character arid personality and one who possesses the spirit of 
fair play. 

Definite rules must be drawn up governing the eligibility 
of the pupils in the schools competing. It is necessary that 
all pupils be fit both physically and scholastically before being 
allowed to participate. Certain training rules must be follow- 
ed, paying particular attention to sleep, diet and proper ex- 
•ercise. 

The following games and events are suggested as suitable: 

Elementary School. 

Boys. Girls. 

Track Events : Captain Ball. 

Dashes End Ball 

Relay Relay Races 

Running High Jump Potato Race. 

Standing Broad Jump Basketball Throw 

Baseball Swimming 

Indoor Baseball Volley Ball 
Basketball 
Soccer Football. 
Swimming 
Volley Ball. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



High School. 



Boys. 
Track Events: 
Dashes 

One-half Mile Run 
Mile Run 

Hurdles (low) 220 yards 
Hurdles (high) 120 yards 
Relays 

Running High Jump 

Running Broad Jump 

Pole Vault 

Shot 

Discus 
Baseball 
Indoor Baseball 
Basketball 
Football 
Soccer Football 
Swimming 
Volley Ball 
Tennis 



Girls. 
Track Events: 

Relay Races 
Basketball Throw 
Indoor Baseball 
Basketball 
Captain Ball 
End Ball 
Swimming 
Tennis 



CONTESTS AND STUNTS 



These "contests" and "stunts" are suitable for both boys 
and girls, yOung and old * ' 

CONTESTS. 

Arm's Length Tag: Two players stand each with an arm 
extended at full length at shoulder level: and try to touch each 
other without being touched in return. This will require sOme 
rapid twisting, dodging and bending. A touch on the extended 
hand does not count. 

Blindfold Boxing Match: Two players are blindfolded; a 
book is laid on the mat, both players get on their knees, 
laying their left hands on the book. Each man has a coach 
and is permitted to strike when the coach says "hit." The 
men may have long rolls of paper instead of the boxing gloves. 

Chinese Get-up: Two persons sit on the floor back to back 
with arms locked, and retaining such relative positions they 
try to stand upright. 

Dog Fight: Two persons place themselves on their hands 
and knees facing each other, about three feet apart. Place 
an endless strap or anything that will not cut into the flesh, 
over the heads (which must be kept up and back). At the 
word "GO", the players pull against each other until one 
of them is pulled off the mat, or his head is pulled forward, 
thereby releasing the strap, thus showing the other the victor. 

Dual Contests: 1. Mark out a circle six feet in diameter. 
Two stand within the circle, clasping hands or wrists. Each 
endeavors to push his opponent from the circle. Pulling may 
be allowed if desired. Several circles may be drawn and sides 
chosen. The sides having the largest number of players left 
in the circle win ; or the game may continue until only one 
player is left in possession of a circle. 

2. The game may be varied by drawing two parallel lines 
iiix or more feet apart. The sides stand -within the Hnes, fac- 
ing each other. At a signal each player endeavors to push 
his opponent outside the lines. When a player succeeds in 
doing this both he and his opponent are out of the game. 
When all are out count is made to see which side had the 
most victories. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



81 



3, A large circle is: :marked off. The players choose; sides 
and all station themselves within the circle. Three minutes 
are given to play. Each player tries to force a player outside 
the circle. When pne is forced out he must remain out, but 
his opponent may now turn to help his mates. The side hay- 
ing the most number of players in the circle at the end of 
three minutes -yyins., 

4. , Two take hold of a stick and each tries to twist it from 
the other. , ^ 

£skiii;io Race cn All Fours: The players stand with hands 
and feet on the floor, the knees and elbows should be stiff. In 
this position the race is run, or rather "hitched" over a course 
about forty yards in length. 

' Eskimo Jumping 'Race: Fold the arms across the breast 
with the knees rigid and the , feet close together. Jump for- 
ward witb short jumps. Pupil who reaches the finishing line 
first win?. 

Finger Feat: Place the hands horizontally across the breast, 
the middle fingers touching tips. Let someone attempt to 
draw the fingers apart by a steady pull. 

Hand Push: The players stand facing eacji other ,and have 
qne foot advanced. The hands are held about shoulder high 
with the palms facing outward. At a given signal they try 
to make their opponent move one foot oft" the ground or to 
throw him off balance. The one who succeeds in doing this 
to his opponent wins. 

Hand Wrestle: The wrestlers stand with the right foot ad- 
vanced, clasping right hands. The object is to make one's 
opponent move a foot from its position on the ground. This 
constitutes a throw. 

Indian Wrestle: The wrestlers lie upon their backs, side 
by side, with arms locked, feet extending in opposite direc- 
tions. The right feet are raised and lowered twice. At the 
third raising they lock heels and each endeavors to bring his 
opponent's leg down to the ground, thereby turning him upon 
his face. 

Knocking Off Hats: This is a kind of sparring, the object 
being to knock off an opponent's hat. 

Pulling Sticks: Two sit upon the floor, toes against toes. 
A broom handle is grasped by the players and at the signal 
each tries to pull the other up off the floor. 



,11 



82 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF, 



Push Pole: Two stand within a small ring marked upon 
the floor, grasping a small pole. At the signal each tries to, 
force the other to step outside the ring. 

Rooiter Fight: (a) A circle is drawn upon the floor. Twd 
players squat within it and place a stick under their knees, 
the arms under the stick and hands clasped in front of the 
knees. Each endeavors to tip his opponent over. 

(b) A ring six feet in diameter is drawn upon the ground. 
Two players are placed in this, who stoop and grasp their 
ankles. In this position they try to displace each other by 
shouldering. The player who is overthrown or who loosens 
his grasp on his ankles, loses. 

Siamese Twins: Two players (two boys or two girls), of 
about the same height and weight, stand back to back and 
lock arms. The object is to walk in one direction, using firgt 
the legs of one player and then those of the other. This may 
be done by one player moving his feet forward slightly. This 
is accomplished by both bending the knees, and the player 
on the side toward which progress is to be made sliding his 
feet forward. Bracing his feet in the new position, he 
sraightens his entire body upright, drawing the rear player 
after him until both are in the same relative position as at 
the start. This constitutes one step, and is repeated over as 
long a distance as may be specified or desired. 

Skin the Snake: Any number of players rnay compose a 
team. They are placed in lines one behind the other, with 
feet spread far apart. Each player puts his right hand back 
between -his legs and left hand forward, grasping the right 
hand of the player in front of him. At the signal the last 
player in each row lies down on his back and all walk back- 
ward with legs spread, each one lying down after he has pass- 
ed over the last player. When the players are prostrate, they 
should keep the knees down and the feet close to the player 
in front. The players backing up will then not be in danger 
of tripping over the feet. 

When the last player to lie down touches his head on the 
floor, he immediately rises, walks forward, over the player in 
front of him, pulling him up. All players rise to their feet 
in this manner. The hands must remain clasped in lying dov^n 
and in getting up. The team wins that can first he down and 
get up. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



83 



Standing Toe Wrestle: The arms are folded and, hopping 
on one foot, each wrestler tries to make his opponent put his 
other foot upon the floor by a side movement of the leg. 

Stooping Push: Draw a line on the floor. Toe it with the 
feet spread wide apart. Reach around outside of the legs and 
ofrasp a light dumb-bell or other object of similar weight with 
both hands ; throw or slide it forward on the floor from be- 
tween the feet, the hands being kept together tliioughout. 
The object is to see how far the dumb-bell ma}^ be thrown 
without the player losing his balance. 

■ Tunnel Race: Any number of players may compose a team. 
They are placed in lines, one behind the other, with feet 
spread far apart. The last player stoops and crawls for- 
ward, between the legs of the players, through the tunnel. 
Each player follows in order. When they reach the front of 
the tunnel they stand in position. The team wins whose play- 
ers first return to their original position. 

Variation: When all have crawled through the tunnel once 
all players right about face and crawl through in reverse or- 
der. 

Twisting Sticks: Two grasp a broom handle high over 
their heads. At the word the stick must be brought down 
between them, thereby twisting within the hands of one of the 
players. 

STUNTS 

Ankle Throw: This feat consists in tossing some object over 
the head from behind with the feet. A beanbag, book or bas- 
ketball is held firmly between the feet. With a sudden jump 
the feet are kicked backward so as to jerk the object into an 
upward throw, which should end in its curving forward over 
the head. It should be caught as it comes down. 

Chest to Mouth: Measure the distance from the elbow 
to end of the middle finger. Mark that distance upon a stick. 
Grasp the stick with the right hand, the middle finger being 
directly over that mark on the stick. Keeping the head 
erect and the stick horizontal, with the elbow at the side, 
raise the left end of the stick to the mouth. 

Bottle Balancing: Place a round bottle, gallon jar or jug 
on its side on the floor ; sit on the bottle, extending the legs 
full length. Put the right foot on top of the left toe. In this 
position write your name on a piece of cardboard without 
touching the floor with the hands. 



84 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Cane Walk: Take a stick three or four feet in length, grasp 
one end with both hands and place the other end on the floor, 
a little distance from the feet. Bend over until the head 
rests upon the hands. Stay in this position and make four 
or five complete circles. Lift the head and try to walk 
straight across the floor. Watch out for falls. 

Catch Penny: Place on your elbow three or four penny 
pieces in a heap, then drop your elbow very suddenly so as 
to bring your hand below the place where your elbow was 
and try to catch the money before it falls to the ground. 

Coin and Card Snap: Balance a small card on the tip of 
the middle or forefinger. On top of the card place a dime or 
nickel ; this should be exactly over the tip of the finger and 
in the middle of the card. Snap the edge of the card with the 
finger of the other hand so that the card will be shot from 
under the coin and leave the coin balanced on the finger. 

Dot and Carry Two: A stoops between B and C, passing 
his right hand behind the left thigh of B, whose right hand 
he grasps and his left hand behind the right thigh of C, grasp- 
ing his left hand, B and C place an arm around A's neck. A 
raises himself gradually, hfting B and C from the ground. 

Finger Jump: The performer holds a stick horizontally be- 
tween the forefingers of his hands, pressing with the fingers 
to keep it from falling. Keep the stick in this position and 
jump over it forward and backward. This same feat may be 
performed by pressing the middle fingers of the two hands 
without a stick and jumping over them forward and back- 
ward, as a dog jumps through curved arms. 

Gymnastic Trick: Place a low stool on the floor close 
against the wall. The performer faces the wall at a distance 
of twice the width of the stool. Stoop down and grasp the 
stool with one hand on either side, and rest your head against 
the wall. Lift the stool from the floor and slowly raise your- 
self to the erect position. 

Heel Salute: The person is required to stand on his hands 
with legs stretched at full length in the air and then wriggle 
the feet at the ankles. 

Heel and Toe Spring: A line is drawn on the floor. The 
player places his heels against this line, bends down, grasps 
the toes with the fingers, the fingers pointing backwards to- 
ward the heels. He then leans forward slightly to get an 
impetus and jumps backward over the line. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



85 



■This feat may be reversed. Standing in the same position, 
the player toes a Hne and jumps over it forward. 

Knuckle Down: Place the toes against a chalk line and 
kneel down and rise again without the help of the hands and 
without moving the toes from the line. 

Last and First: Place one foot immediately behind the oth- 
er. On the rear foot place a small object, such as a light book, 
a slipper or a small stick. With a sudden movement lift the 
forward foot, at the same instant hopping on the rear foot 
with a kicking movement forward, so as to throw the ob- 
ject forward beyond a given mark. 

Long Reach: Kneel on a chair, the knees at the edge of 
the seat. Another player seats himself on your legs. With- 
out touching the floor with either hand, reach forward as far 
as possible, making a chalk mark, and then return to the orig- 
inal position. 

Palm Springs: Stand at some distance from and facing a 
wall. Lean forward, supporting the palm of the hand against 
the wall. Now spring back to place without moving the feet. 

Pin Cushion: A pin is stuck on the edge of the seat, or just 
under the edge, on a chair having a cane or rush or wooden 
bottom. The pin is placed well around on one side toward 
the back. The player starts, sitting in the chair, and without 
leaving it, or touching his hands or feet to the floor, must 
reach around so as to remove the pin with his teeth. 

Prostrate and Perpendicular: Fold the arms across the 
breast, lie down on the back and get up to a standing posi- 
tion again without using the elbows or hands. 

Rabbit Hop: This should be done on a soft mat or cushion. 
The performer kneels, then sits back on the heels and grasps 
the instep with his hands. From this position he leans sud- 
denly forward and while doing so pulls the feet up from the 
.floor. In the instant that his weight is released, he hitches 
forward on the knees, the two knees moving forward alter- 
nately. 

"Rubber Neck:" In this feat a kneehng player is required 
to pick a card up from the floor with his teeth, both hands 
being behind his back. The card is placed in front of him 
at the length of his forearm and hand from one knee. This 
distance is measured by placing the elbow against the knee 
and stretching the forearm and the hand at full length on the 
floor ; the point which the middle finger reaches is the point 
at which the card must be placed. The card has the ends 



(86) 



folded down so as to rest like a small table on the floor. The 
nearer edge of it must rest on the line determined as above 
specified. 

Stooping^ Stretch: Place the outer edge of the right foot 
against a line drawn upon the floor also the left heel a little 
distance behind the right. With a piece of chalk, mark the 
floor as far away as possible by stooping forward and pass- 
ing the hands backward between the legs, regaining the po- 
sition again Avithout removing the feet from the line or touch- 
ing the floor with either hand. 

Strength Test: Take a piece of board about thirty inches 
in length and eight or ten inches wide, one-half inch thick, 
and place it on the table with one end projecting half way. 
Place several open newspapers oh the table over the top of 
the board, pressing them firmly down with both hands. Have 
someone hit the end that protrudes a quick blow, trying to 
raise the newspapers. 

Take a Chair from Under: Arrange three chairs in a line 
and place the heels on one and the head on the other, the mid- 
dle one being under the back. Now, sustaining the weight 
of the body by the heels and the head, take the middle chair 
from under you with your hands without falling. 

Tantalus: Place the left foot and leg and left cheek close 
against the wall. Then lift the right foot slightly in an ef- 
fort to touch the left knee. Having reached it, maintain the 
position for a few moments. 

The Triumph: Place the hands behind the back, palms 
together, fingers pointing downward. The hands are now 
to be turned so that the fingers point upward, the change be- 
ing made without taking the fingers apart. 

Tumble-down Dick: Tip a chair forward upon the floor, 
the back being up. Take hold at the back of the seat and bal- 
ancing the body with the hands and elbows, lean forward and 
touch the head to the top of the chair without letting the 
chair tip to the floor. 

The Turnover:. Place the toes of one foot against the wall 
and without moving the toes from the wall throw the other 
foot over the first, thus turning completely around. A short 
run may be taken before placing the toes against the wall. 

Wriggle Walk: The player stands with heels together and 
toes pointed outward. Simultaneously he raises the toes and 
turns them inward, then the heels and turns them inward, in 
this manner progressing across the floor. 



GRADE I. 



A, STORY PLAYS 



SNOW PLAY 

a. All are sleepy. Heads on desk. 

b. Waken and sit straight, stretching arms. What shall 
we do to make us lively? Go out in the snow and play. 

c. Hurry to best standing position. 

d. Pull on rubber boots, first R and then L. 

e. Pull caps over ears. (Elbows kept out at back.) 

f. Very cold day. Arms must be warmed. Arms out at 
side. Fling them across chest and slap opposite shoulders. 

g. Stoop far down and pick up handful of snow ; make 
snowball while standing erect. Throw snowball at some spot 
in room with right arm. 

h. Walk through snow drift with hands on hips, lifting feet 
and knees high with each step. 

Plan for above. 

"How many would like to go out and play in the snow to- 
day? Lets pretend we all are asleep. Put your heads down 
on the desks and go fast asleep. When I clap my hands, all 
wake up and sit up very straight. 

(Clap hands.) "What do you do when you have just waked 
up? That's right — Stretch and yawn. Now let's go out and 
play." (Stand up in the best position.) 

"What shall we wear to keep our feet dry? All right! Pull 
on your rubber boots. First, the right one; pull hard. Tug 
away at it, and pull it away up to your hips, the way (John) 
is doing. Now the left one. Now let's pull our caps down over 
our ears, and help each other with our coats. When someone 
has helped you, turn around and help him on with his coat. 
Now, are we all ready ? Then let's run out-doors. How cold 
it feels. Let's get warm first before we start to play. Now 
shall we make some snowballs? Scoop up a big. handful, and 
pack it down hard. Harder! See who can hit the fence." 
(The blackboard to the right) "Pretty good! Try again!" 
(Repeat four or five times.) "Who can throw left handed?" 
(Repeat with left hand, to the left.) "Here is a big drift. 
Suppose we wade through it. Lift your feet up high so you 



90 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



will not get your clothes wet." (Wade around room.) "There 
is mother calling, so we will all run home. Before we go in 
the house, breathe in some of the fresh air very deeply." 

AUTOMOBILE. 

a. Stooping, crank the automobile. First with one hand 
and then with the other. 

b. Run around room several times steering and blowing 
the horn. 

c. Flat tires, must pump them up hard. 

d. Tired from bending so stretch arms up high in air. 

e. Then ride home. 

f. Breathe deeply. 

BIRDS LEARNING TO FLY. 

a. Mother bird and little birds all stretch their wings. 

b. Look at sky to see if it is a pleasant day. 

c. Fly around. 

d. Then hop on ground. 

e. The children scatter crumbs all about for them. 

f. Birds fly back to their nests. 

g. Tired, so breathe, raising their wings. 

THE CARPENTER. 

a. Put on coat and hat and start for work. 

b. Saw some boards (place on seat.) 

c. Plane the boards very smooth. 

d. Bore some holes. 

e. Then drive a few nails. 

f. Raise the beams. 

g. Walk home from work. 

h. Breathe deeply several times. 

FISHINa 

a. Digging bait. One foot raised as if placed on a shovel, 
with hands on handle. Push down with both hands and feet. 
Then stoop and throw to right and then to left. 

b. Row out in the boat. Sitting on desk facing back of room 
feet on seat. 

c. Throw out line into water. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



91 



d. Pull in big fish, hand over hand. Repeat both sides. 

e. Row home and then walk with a heavy string of fish. 

IRONING. 

a. Gather the clothes, reaching up and taking off clothes 
pins. Then take down clothes, fold and lay them in the bas- 
ket on the ground. 

b. Carry the clothes basket into house. Each two rows run 
around one row of desks. 

c. Sprinkle the clothes, then shake. (Spread smoothly on 
desk and sprinkle.) 

d. Place the irons on stove. Stoop with straight back and 
bent knees to get irons beneath the stove, then stand up 
straight and place irons on stove. 

e. Iron the clothes, using desk as ironing board. 



B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 

DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE? 



-og^^ ^ ^ — 















- ^ ? Pr 

^ ^ \P 


1 ^ J J— J 




Did you 




er see a 


las 


- sie, 


a 








—9— 


-f — 1 


— 4- 







p 

1- i 


1 — J 




— f ' — 











• — w — 


^ ^ 1 






^ — U—i 



las - sie, a las - sie, Did you ev - er see a 



f — t. 



9 p 



i 



las - sie do this yfzy and iAatP Do M/j way and 



^4 — 1 — j» — 0— 






5 — 


1 • — f — 1 


1 j 1: 1 




— 







J — I 



that way, and this way and thai way; Did you 



5fe 



i 



-4 gl 



ev - er see a las - sie do this way and that? 





1 — % — □ 




s — 


9-^ 

9 






L J 


t — T — 1 




9 j 






z—\ — M 





PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



93 



DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE? 



All of the players but one form a circle, clasping hands. 
They circle around, singing the first two lines of the verse. 
While they are doing this, the odd player stands in the cen- 
ter and illustrates some movement which he chooses for the 
other to imitate. During the last two lines of the verse the 
players stand in place, drop hands, and imitate the move- 
ments of the center player, which he continues in unison 
with them. 

Did you ever see a lassie, a lassie, a lassie. 

Did you ever see a lassie do this way and that? 

Do this way and that way, and this way and that way ; 

Did you ever see a lassie do this way and that? 

When a boy is in the center, the word "lassie" should be 
changed to "laddie." 

The player may imitate any activity, such as mowing 
grass, raking hay, prancing like a horse, or turning a hand 
organ; may use dancing steps or movements such as bow- 
ing, courtesy ing, skipping, whirling in dance steps with the 
hands over the head, etc. ; or may take any gymnastic move- 
ments such as hopping, jumping, arm, head, trunk or leg 
exercises, etc. 



94 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



ITISKIT, ITASKET 



I • tis • kit, I • tas • ket, A green and yd - low bas - ket I 



wrote a let-ter to my love And on the way I dropped it. I 
Some one of you has picked it up And put it in your pock- et ; It 



i 



-fs S- 



I 



m 



dropped it, I dropped it, And on the way I dropped it. 
isn't you, it isn't yoa, It isn't you, it isn't you. 



i 



I 



1^ 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



ITISKIT, ITASKET 

The players stand in a circle; an odd player carrying a 
handkerchief runs around outside singing: 

Itiskit, Itasket, 

A green and yellow basket; 

I wrote a letter to my love 

And on the way I dropped it. 

Some one of you has picked it up 

And put it in your pocket ; 

It isn't you — it isn't you — 

He drops the handkerchief and says, "It is you!" and 
runs on around the circle. The one behind whom the hand- 
kerchief was dropped picks it up and starts around the cir- 
cle in the opposite direction, to see which shall first reach 
the vacant place. The one who is left out takes the hand- 
kerchief for the next round. 



(96) 



THE FARMER IN THE DELL 







N — 

1 


The farm - er in the 


dell, 




The 






* — 


-# ^ 



















farm - er in the dell. Heigh oh I for 



Row - ley 01 The farm - er in the dell. 



THE FARMER IN THE DELL 

One child is chosen to be the "farmer" and stands in the center of 
the ring, while the rest join hands and circle around him singing, 

The farmer in the dell. The farmer in the dell, 
Heigh oh, for Rowley O! The farmer in the dell. 

The first child chooses and leads to the center of the circle a second 
one; the second a third, and so on, while the rest sing the following 
verses : 

The farmer takes a wife — 
The wife takes the child — 
The child takes the nurse — 
The nurses takes the dog — 
The dog takes the cat — 
The cat takes the rat — 
The rat takes the cheese — 
The cheese stands alone. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES 



P, Playground ; R, Room. 

1. Cat and Mice. 

2. Drop the Handkerchief. 

3. Good Morning. 

4. Hide the Thimble. 

5. I say Stoop. 

6. Jack Be Nimble. 

7. Jumping the Brook. 

8. Squirrel and Nut. 

9. Toad. 

CAT AND MICE. (R. P.) 

One player is the cat who goes and hides some place. Sev- 
eral others are mice who go and find the cat. The cat then 
chases the mice to their seats or a given point. If she catches 
one before they reach their goal, that one is then the cat. 

DROP THE HANDKERCHIEF. (P.) 

Form a circle and one person is "It," who runs about out- 
side of circle with a handkerchief and drops it behind some 
one. This person picks up the handkerchief and then becomes 
the "chaser." If the chaser tags the runner before he gets 
back to the vacant place the same one is "It," again. If the 
chaser cannot catch the runner, he is "IT." 

• GOOD MORNING. (P.) 

Form a circle. One player is "It." He runs around the 
circle and tags some one. Both go in opposite direction, upon 
meeting they bow, say "good morning" and then run back 
in direction from which they came. The one reaching vacant 
place last, is "IT." 

HIDE THE THIMBLE. (R.) 

One person leaves the room. A thimble or some other small 
object is then hid about the room. The one who is "It", then 
appears and hunts for the thimble. The pupils may sing and 
when "It" is close to the object should sing loud and when 
away soft. 



4— PB 



(98) 



I SAY STOOP. (R.) 

A leader stands before the class and says. "I say 
stoop" at the same time stooping and rising, as in making a 
deep courtesy. All the players must stoop also, but if the lead- 
er says "I say stand," they must remain standing. When 
the leader sees any player stoop at the wrong time he calls 
that player to the front and that one becomes leader. As the 
players become used to it the play is carried on more rap- 
idly. 

JACK BE NIMBLE. (R.) 

Place some object upright on the floor to represent a can- 
dlestick. Line the players up in single file and have them run 
and jump over the candlestick and v^hile doing so have them 
repeat "Jack be nimble, Jack be quick. Jack jump over the 
candlestick." 

JUMPING THE BROOK. (P.) 

Tv^o lines, voider at one end than the other, are drawn rep- 
resenting a brook. Line them up on one side and have them 
run and jump over. Those who step into the brook must drop 
out. Those who jump across can try it at a wider place next 
time. 

SQUIRREL AND NUT. (R.) 

Players all seated but one, heads on desks and eyes covered, 
one hand open on desk with palm up. The odd player is a 
squirrel and passes up and down between t^e rows and puts 
a nut in some player's hand. This one rises and chases the 
squirrel. If the squirrel is caught before he can reach his own 
seat, the one who caught him becomes the squirrel; if the 
squirrel is not caught, he can be squirrel again. 

TOAD. (P.) 

Pupils join hands and form a circle. One child is the "toad" 
and sits in center. The pupils in circle walk around the toad 
going toward and backing away from him, repeating, "Toad 
in the sea, can't catch me." Toad tries to tag one of them but 
cannot leave his position in the circle. The one who is tagged 
takes the toad's place in the center. 



GRADE II. 



1 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson. 
LESSON 1. 

1. Arms upward — BEND! (Elbows and shoulders well 
back) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2,4-2, etc. (24 counts*) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (To be given slowly 8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! (Thumbs to back) (1) POSI- 
TION! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts.) 

4. .Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (12 counts each foot.) 

6. Breathing evercise : 

West Point Breathing. (6 times.) / 
LESSON 2. 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! (1) POSITION! (2) (8 
times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts for each leg.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) Repeat slowly. (6 
times.) 

5. Feet— CLOSE! (1) OPEN! (2) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arm sideward raise and slowly inhale. 
Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 



* Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 12 
units. 



102 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



LESSON 3. 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (12 times.) 

5. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, Jumping- on toes, on count — 
BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise. (See lesson 2.) 

LESSON 4. 

Repeat Lesson 1. 

LESSON 5. 

1. Arms forward (To front horizontal)— RAISE ! (1) 
DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2 
etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (4 times.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right (L)— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (8 
times to right, 8 to left.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale.' (8 times.) 

LESSON 6. 

1. Arms sideward— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN I 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts each.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



103 



4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk to the left— BEND! 

(1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, * 8 times.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, heels up 
high in back, on count— BEGIN, 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 
counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 7. 

Repeat Lessons 2 and 3. 

LESSON 8. 

L Arms upward— BEND ! Sideward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE! Head slightly backward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE !( 1) DOWN! 

(2) Same on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) Left (R) foot sideward— 
PLACE! (3) REPLACE! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (Alternate 32 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms sideward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 9. 

1. Arms sideward upward — RAISE! (1) Sideward — 
DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot backward — 
PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 16 
counts.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right (L) BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 8 
times.) 



* Whenever used, "alternate" refers to alternation of exercises 
from right to left or vice versa. 



104 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



5. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together— PLACE ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Arms forward— STRETCH ! 
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Head slightly backward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet— CLOSE! Heels— 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (12 counts.) 

4. Hands on neck— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE ! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms forward upward, raising on toes, inhale. 
Arms and heels down and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 11. 

1. Class, one step forward — MARCH; 1-2, One step back- 
ward— MARCH ! 1-2. (Always start with left foot.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! , Ufpward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! -(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

6. Breathing exercise: (See Lesson 1.) 

LESSON 12. 

1. Class two steps forward — MARCH, 1-2-3. Two steps 
backward— MARCH ! 1-2-3, etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



105 



3. Arms upward— BEND ! Sideward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

5. Llands on hips— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together— PLACE ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise: Arms forward — BEND! Arms 
sideward fling, and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and 
slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 13, 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Arms forward— STRETCH ! 

(1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 

(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Knees— BEND! (1) 
STRETCH! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Trunk forward !— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
l^ISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms forward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 14. 

Repeat Lessons 8 and 9. 

LESSON 15. 

1. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Palms upward— TURN I (1) 
Downward— TURN ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE! Plead slightly backward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 



(106) 



5. Hands on neck— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same jumping on toes on count — - 
BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms forward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms downward and slowly exhale (8 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

1. Arms forward upward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Arms 
sideward upward — RAISE! (3) DOWN) (4) Same on count 
—BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) , 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE; (2) (8 times.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Trunk to right (L)— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

5. Running in place; heels up high behind, on count — 
BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

.6. Breathing exercise : 

Arms sideward raise and slowly inhale. 

Arms sideward down and slowly exhale (8 times.) 

LESSON 17. 

1. Classs three steps forward— MARCH ; 1-2-3-4. Class 
three steps backward— MARCH ! 1-2-3-4. 

2. Chest— RAISE! (I) DOWN! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms sideward— STRETCH ! 
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

4. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Arms upward — BEND! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

6. Breathing exercise : 

West Point breathing (8 times) See page 27. 



B. STORY PLAYS 



BUILDING BON FIRE. 

a. Wind blows the leaves from trees. Raise arms overhead 
and let them fall slowly to side with the fingers fluttering. 

b. Rake up all the leaves. 

c. Rake several armfuls and put in cart. 

d. Run with the cart to the bon-fire. All run around room, 
with hands behind back as if dragging a cart. Empty the 
carts on desk. 

e. Blow fire to make it go. Fire is on the desk. Stoop, 
take deep breath and blow across desk, facing side of the 
room. 

f. All skip around the fire. 

g. Breathe in some fresh air. 

BUILD A FIRE IN STOVE. 

a. Go down the stairs. 

b. Chop some wood for kindling. Kneeling on one knee, 
hatchet in one hand and hold wood with the other. 

c. Carry armful of wood upstairs. 

d. Lay the fire. Stoop and pick up papers, then put them 
in stove, and put some kindling in. 

e. Some kindling is too long. Break it over edge of stove. 

f. Light fire with matches. Breathe deeply and blow out 
each one of the matches after lighting the fire with them. 

FIREMEN. 

All are sitting up straight, ready to go to the fire when 
the fire bell rings. Some of the pupils are chosen drivers 
and some horses. When the teacher rings bell drivers take 
hold of reins and horses should be ready to run. 

a. Gallop to the fire. 

b. Then all become firemen and grasp a hose and stretch 
diagonally out to left side ; playing hose on one spot, and mak- 
ing a soft hissing noise. Play hose high up in front and with 
a quick turn play it high up behind. 



(108) 



c. Climb up ladder using hands and feet. Reach up and 
lift someone down, then go up again and see if anyone is 
left up there. 

d. Drive the horses home. 

e. Take several deep breaths to get smoke out of lungs. 

FLOWER PLAY. 

Let the child who stands the straightest choose a flower. 

a. Chase Winter away. All run to the rear of the room 
and with arms extended push Winter away just as hard as 
possible. Then all run on tiptoe so he will not hear any foot- 
steps. 

b. The rain knocks at the earth to wake up the flowers. 
Everyone reach up high, then bring arms slowly to floor. 

c. The flowers are growing up. Keep the knees bent. Rise 
slowly and then stand as tall as possible. 

d. .Greeting the Sun by raising arms up high. 

e. The flowers are swaying in a strong breeze. Raise 
arms slowly. Sway from side to side, bend at waist and touch 
finger tips to floor, first one side, then the other. 

f. Children running to pick up flowers. Run in place. Stoop 
and rise several times. Gather several big bunches of flow- 
ers. 

g. Take some flowers home to mother. Skip or run 
around room once or twice and stop at seats. 

h. Breathe deeply. 

MAKING GARDEN. 

a. Reach up for hats, coats and spades. 

b. Run to garden. 

c. Look up to see if the day will be pleasant. 

d. Spade up garden. Push spade into earth, throw it away. 

e. Pick up stones and throw into piles. 

f. Plant seeds from a bag. 

g. Run through paths in the garden. 

h. Breathe deeply several times. 



C. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 

HIPPITY HOP TO THE BARBER SHOP 



m 



mm 



—7'- 



-A — ^; 



Hip - pi - ty hop to the bar - ber shop To buy a stick of can - dy 



J One for you and one for me, And one for sis - ter An - nie. 

Double circle formation, piartners hold inside hands, face in line 
•f direction. 

Measures 1-4: Hippity hop forward, beginning with right foot, 
and swing clasped hands backward and forward with each step. Re- 
peat. 

Measure 5: P'ace partner, clap hands and stretch arms toward 
partner waist-high, with palms facing upward. 

Measure 6: Clap hands and place tips of fingers on own chest. 

Measures 7 and 8: Clasp right hands and hippity hop in circle 
around to left, and on to the next partner to the right; or circle in 
place and do not change partners. 

THE MUFFIN MAN 




Oh, do you know the muffin man. 
The muffin man, the muffin man; 

Oh, do you know the muffin man 
That lives in Drury Lane. 

Oh, yes, I know the muffin man. 
The muffin man, the muffin man. 

Oh, yes, I know the muffin man 
That lives in Drury Lane. 



(110) 



Four or five children are selected to take places in the four corners 
of the room, or whatever other spaces are allowed. As the first verse 
is sung, each walks or skips in time with the music to some child 
seated in the room, and, taking him by the hand, leads him to his space 
in the floor. The little groups of two then join both hands and dance 
around in a circle singing, "Two of us know the Muffin Man," etc. 

After the first verse has been sung and the children chosen, the 
second verse, "Oh, yes, I know the Muffin Man," is sung while the 
two are marching from the seats to the space in the floor. The play 
continues, one child after another being chosen until all have joined 
some group. 



LOOBY LOO 



Here we dance Loo-by Loo, Here we dance Loo - by Light; 





4 




1 ^ 1^ M 

^ 1« « ^ 






Here we dance Loo-b 


y 


Loo, 


All on a Sat - 


• — 

ur- da 


y night. 




g-ive my right hand a sbake.stiake. shake, And turn my Dody a - bout 

I put my left hand in. 
I put both hands in. 
I put my right foot in. 
I put my left foot in. 
I put my head way in. 
I put my right elbow in. 



I put my left elbow in. 
I put my two elbows in. 
I put my right ear in. 
I put my left ear in. 
I put both ears in. 



The children hold hands in a circle for the first four measures and 
swing their feet with the music. Then slide to the left during the 
fifth and sixth measures. Then slide to the right during seventh and 
eighth measures. Suit action to the words during the fourteenth 
measure. On last two measures clasp hands over heads and turn all 
the way around. 



D. ACTIVE GAMES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

Animal. 

Brownies and Fairies. 
Changing Seats. 
Flag Race. 
Fox and Squirrel. 
Pussy in the Corner. 
Squirrel in the Nest. 
The Serpentine Maze. 

ANIMAL. (P.) 

Two goals are marked off at opposite ends of a playing area. 
Place all the players except the one who is "it" in the same 
goal. They are divided into groups of three or four and each 
group given the name of an animal. The child who is "it" 
starts between the two goals and calls the name of an animal. 
All those bearing that name must run and try to reach the 
other goal without being caught. Should one be caught he 
becomes "it." 

BROWNIES AND FAIRIES. (P.) 

Two goals 30 to 40 feet apart. The players in two equal 
groups stand in the goals. One group (fairies) turn backs 
while the other (brownies) creep up as quietly as possible. 
One fairy is watching and when they are near calls, "Look 
out for the brownies." The fairies then chase the brownies 
to their goal and tag as many as they can. All who are 
caught are fairies. Then brownies turn backs and fairies come 
up quietly, etc. The side having greatest number at end of 
time wins. 

CHANGING SEATS. (R.) 

A command, "Change right," is given by the teacher and 
each player goes from his own seat to the one across the aisle 
at his right ; the pupils in the farther right-hand row standing 
in the outside aisle. In the same way orders may be "Change 
left," change forward, or change backward. 



112 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



FLAG RACE, (R.) 

Players seated at desks. Rows need not be full but there 
must be the same number in each row. Choose a player to 
stand in front of each row to hold the flag, and another to 
stand at the rear of each row. At the signal the rear player 
of each row rises, runs to the front, takes the flag from the 
one holding it, carries it to the one standing at the rear, and 
takes his seat. As soon as he is seated the next player goes 
and takes the flag back to the player in front. This con- 
tinues until all have run. Be sure that no team has an un- 
fair advantage because of the positions taken by the flag 
holder. 

FOX AND SQUIRREL. (R.) 

The players race toward the aisles, so that each two adja- 
cent rows have their feet in the same aisle and face each 
other. Some object ("the squirrel") is passed or tossed from 
one player across the aisle to another and back again, zig- 
zagging down each aisle, and is then followed by a second ob- 
ject (the fox), the object being to have the fox catch the 
squirrel before the end of the row is reached. 

PUSSY IN THE CORNER. (R.) 

Several goals, are located about the playground, corner of 
building, etc. There should be more players than goals. The 
players at the goals endeavor to change places and those who 
had no goal try to take a goal while they are changing. 

SQUIRREL IN NEST. (P.) 

Arrange the players in several groups of three or four with 
hands joined and a player known as a squirrel in the center 
of each group. 

There should be several extra squirrels outside of the nest. 
At the leader's command the squirrels in the nests try to find 
new nests and those standing outside nests try to enter the 
nests. Only one squirrel is permitted in nest at the same time. 

THE SERPENTINE MAZE. (P.) 

Players all in single file, teacher leading. Each player 
reaches right hand forward to player next in front and left 
hand back, grasping hands. March forward, circling to left 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



113 



and winding up into a spiral. When tightly wound, last play- 
er should lead, all turn about to left and wind up again, cir- 
cling to right. 

Several variations should be used later: 

(1) Same as first method without grasping hands. 

(2) When wound as far as possible leaving enough space, 
teacher circles right from center of spiral and line follows, 
passing out in a reverse spiral; this is done first grasping 
hands and later without. 

(3) When leader reaches center of spiral, tightly wound, 
she signals to players in some direction and they lift arms, 
forming arches, under which the line may pass, teacher lead- 
ing; hands are kept grasped in this case. 



GRADE III. 



.3 

] 

J 

I 
i 

i 

< 

■J 



1 
I 



j 

I 
i 

j 
1 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson. 
First eight weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II. 

LESSON 1. 

7. Right (L)— FACE! Left— FACE! Give the commands 
fast and repeat several times. 

2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Chest — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Fiands on neck— PLACE! Fleels— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Sideward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts. )t 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg slowly forward 
—RAISE! (1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) (8 times for left. 8 for 
right:) 

6. Hands on hips — PLACE! Trunk to the right (L) — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, * 8 times.) 

7. Fiands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

2. Arms sideward and heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2). 
Same on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward — RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
counts to left, 16 to right.) 

* Wherever used, "Alternate" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left or vice versa, 
t Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 16 units. 



118 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward — BEND ! Right arm sideward — 
STRETCH ! (1) BEND ! (2) Left arm sideward— STRETCH ! 
(3) BEND! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk f or- 
ward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
sideward stretch and trunk to the right — BEND! (1) Arms 
bend and trunk— RAISE ! (2). (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Skipping forward and backward. 

8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips — PLACE! Raise 
heels and slowly inhale. Lower heels and slowly exhale. (8 
times.) ' ' 

LESSON 3. 

L Left— FACE! Right— FACE! Etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2; (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

5. Arms upward— BEND ! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Hands 'on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 
12 counts.) 

7. Running in place : Keep knees stifif and throw legs out 
in front of body, on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : See Lesson 8. 

LESSON 4. 

Repeat Lessoi;is 1 and 2. 

LESSONS. 

1. Hand on hips — PLACE! Running in place on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) Forward— STRETCH ! (2) BEND I (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 
counts for right, 16 for left.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



119 



4. Arms forward— BEND ! Arms sideward— FLING ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Arms upward — BEND! Left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times 
for left, 6 for rigbt.)- 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Feet together — PLACE ! (2) Same, jumping on toes on count, 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 
times.) 

LESSON 6. 

1. Right (L)— FACE ! Two steps to the right (L) MARCH ! 
1-2-3-4, etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! 
(4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
bending left and right. (8 times each.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 7 

1 Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) toe sideward — 
PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) Same, alternate, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



120 , ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Left leg backward— RAISE !(1) 
DOWN ! (2) Right leg backward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3^4, etc.( 24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward — 
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm upward— 
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward — RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) — 
TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 16 counts.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : See Lesson 5. 

LESSON 8. 

Repeat Lessons 5 and 6. 

LESSON 9. 

1. Class riiark time — MARCH ! (Keep body erect.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Feet sideward — PLACE! Arms sideward upward — 
RAISE! (1) Sideward — DOWN! (2) Same clapping hands over 
head, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Turn left 
touching left toe with right hand (1) RAISE! (2) Same with 
right (3) RAISE! (4) (Alternate, 12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Jumping on toes on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Hands on hips and left (R) foot sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms forward upward raise and 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



121 



right foot sideward— PLACE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward — 
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm upward— 
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count— 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot f orward — 
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (2) RAISE! 
(3) POSITION ! (4) (Alternate, 16 times.) 

6. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Heels— RAISE; (1) Knees 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward — RAISE ! Turn- 
ing of hands with chest raising, inhale. Lower chest with 
turning of hands, exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 11. 

1. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left— FACE! Right— FACE! 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward upward and heels— RAISE ! (1) DOWN ! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— BEND ! (1) Sideward— FLING ! (2) 
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Bend 
forward touching finger tips to floor. (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward — 
LUNGE! (1) Trunk to left (R) touching left hand to floor 
—BEND! (2) Trunk— RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (alter- 
nate, 16 times.) 

7. Running, in place, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips — PLACE! , Slowly 
inhale and exhale. (6 times.) 



i 



122 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



LESSON 12. 

1 . Right— FACE ! Left— FACE ; For ward— MARCH ! 
Class— HALT ! 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— BEND ! Arms sideward— FLING ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Trunk to the right (L)— 
BEND! (2) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Running in place, knees up high in front, on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : See Lesson 1. 

LESSON 13. 

1. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) foot forward— 
PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) LEFT (R) foot backward— 
PLACE! (3) REPLACE! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
12-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts for left, 24 for right.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right knee upward- — BEND! (1) PO- 
SITION! (2) Same left (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count 
—BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ; (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND ! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times). 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Trunk to the right— TURN! 
(1) Forward (2) To the left— TURN! (3) Forward— TURN f 
(4) (8 times.) 

7. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward — BEND ! Arms 
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and 
slowly exhale.) (8 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



123 



LESSON 14. 

1. Right— FACE! Left— FACE! Left— FACE! etc. 

2. Arm raising sideward upward slowly, then stretching 
tall with heel raising. (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! (1) Upward overhead — 
RAISE ! (2) To sideward (3) POSITION ! (4) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE I 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Arms sideward — RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) — 
TURN! (1) Forward— TURN (2) Keep knees straight and 
heels down. (Alternate, 8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and knees — BEND! (1) POSI- 
TION! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together PLACE ! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Hands on neck— PLACE! Etc. (Quick changes.) 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for 
left.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Forward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND ! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right (L)— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to right, 8 
to left.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! (4)" 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 



(124) 



8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

1. ' Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
(1) POSITION! (2) Same on count— BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(12 counts right, 12 for left.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left leg sideward — RAISE 
0) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ; (3) DOWN! 
(4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on 
count- BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) 
POSITION ! (4) (8 times to left, 8 to right.) 

7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same alternately on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 times.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Hands on hips — PLACE ! Slowly 
inhale and exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 17. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! 
Head backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 -times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND ! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward— 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) 
(Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 times.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 



B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 



THE KING OF FRANCE 







h 1 




^ ... h 1 — \ — z—n 


The ] 


fCing of Fra 
« 


u 

nee with 


fo 


r-*— r i — ^ 

r - ty thou-sand men Marched 
» , 




\ ' 1 P 




'. "' ■■y- -- u- li 




1i 1 I*-— t-'^- 


LB. 1_ m 1. □ 









up the hUl and 


then marched down a - gain. 

r-4 J • II 

— ^ irf h ^ H 




,1 . 

-J 


L f 



The King of France with forty thousand men 
Marched up the hill and then marched down again. 

The players stand in two rows or groups facing each other. Each 
group has a leader who stands in the center and represents a king 
leading his army. 

The game or play is a simple one of imitation; in which the play- 
ers perform in unison some action first indicated by one of the leaders. 

The leaders of the two groups take turns in singing the verse, at 
the same time marching forward during the first line of the verse, 
and back again to their places during the second line, illustrating the 
action that is then to be taken by all. The verse is then sung by both 
groups while advancing toward each other and retreating, performing 
the movements, indicated by the leaders. The movements illustrated 
by the leaders may be anything suitable to an army of men, the 
words describing the movement being substituted for the line, 
"Marched up the hill." Thus:— 

The King of France with forty thousand men 
Waved his fiag and then march^ down again. 



126 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



LONDON BRIDGE 



(For music use the old tune or any 4-4 tune.) 

1. London Bridge is falling down, 

Falling down, falling down. 
London Bridge is falling down. 
My fair lady ! 

2. Build it up with iron bars, 

Iron bars, iron bars. 
Build it up with iron bars. 
My fair lady ! 



1. Face the side of the room. Slide and slide (L), step 
and bend (L sideways.) Then step and bend. (R sideways), 
step and bend (L sideways). Slide and slide (R), step and 
bend (R sideways). Beginning with foot toward back of 
room, take two steps in place, at same time turning to face 
front of room and point L forward. 

2. Facing front of room. Point L forward, point L side- 
ways, step L forward, bring heels together. Repeat with R 
foot. Repeat with L foot. Step to side (L) and bow. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 
POP GOES THE WEASEL 



127 







-2 3 . 4 








I 








feii|a|ii!i!i!i!l#l!iifi^ 
: » J fi t t 'l ' 



8 



Elormation: Double circle. The partners hold their inside hands 
with their outside hands on hips. 

1. Measures 1 and 2: Start with the right foot. Step, step, step, 
and point left. ^ 

2. Measures 2 and 3: Start with the left foot. Step, step, step, 
and point right. ^' 
^^J^ Measure 4: Step right and place left foot behind, bending 

Measure 5: Step left, and place right foot behind, bending 

5. Measures V and 8: Girl skips around under the boy's right 
arm, which is held high. Smg "Pop goes the weasel." 
Repeat in the opposite direction. 



(128) 




The cuckoo is singing, 
The May it is here, 
In the field and the forest 
The green doth appear. 
Then dance, children, dance, 
While the sky it is blue; 
Turn 'round and turn under. 
While I go with you. 



1. Form a double circle all facing to the right, with right hands 
joined. to first hold and bow. Turn and run back to 

second hold and bow. ; 

3 Bow partner out, bow partner m. At the word turn, partners 
with' right hands still joined, turn to the right once around, back to 
Dlace The one on the inside of the circle finishes the turn by spin- 
ning the outside one on to the next partner ahead. In this way part- 
ners change at each singing of the song. t^^^^^^^} 

This is arranged after the twirling forms of the Swiss Festival. 
But one verse is given of the many which describe the joys of Spring. 
The Cuckoo is particularly characterized as the bird of Spring. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

Automobile Relay. 
Bean Bag Box. 
Bean Bag Plays. 
Call Ball. 
Cat and Rat. 
Circle Bowl. 
Corner Spry. 
Crows and Cranes. 
Ditch Pull. 
Fisherman. 
Mail Man. 
Tag the Wall Relay. 

AUrrOMOBILE RELAY. (R.) 

The first child in every alternate row, at a given signal 
leaves by the right side and runs forward around his seat and 
then to the rear on the left side, completely encircling his own 
row of seats. Then as soon as he is seated the next child back 
of him runs in the same way and this continues until the last 
child has run and has returned to his seat. The other rows 
then play in the same way, and finally the winning rows. At 
the start the leader for each row names the automobile it 
represents. 

BEAN BAG BOX. (R. P.) 

A box about six inches square should be fastened into 
one about twice that size and that in a third, leaving about 
six inches margin between the boxes. This should be set 
up on a slight incline about ten to twenty feet from a 
throwing 'line. Each player is provided with six bean bags 
taking his place in turn on the throwing line, throwing all 
five bags at each turn. Whoever throws a bean bag into 
the smallest box scores fifteen points, one into the middle 
box ten points, and into the outside box five points. The 
one who first scores a hundred points wins. 

5— PE 



130 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



BEAN BAG PLAYS. (R.) 

1. Pass bags from left to right and back, sitting, and 
later standing. 

2. Pass bags backward on the left side and return, and 
then repeat on the right. 

3. Pass bag backward over head and back. 

4. Throwing (in couples) : 

a. Throw with both hands and catch with both. 

b. Throw with right and catch with right. 

c. Throw with left and catch with left. 

d. Take turns throwing into a basket. 

CALL BALL. (P.) 

Form a circle and have one person in the center with a 
rubber ball. Each one in the circle has a number. As the 
person who is "It" throws the ball up he calls out a number 
and that person must try and get the ball before it has 
bounced more than once. If he succeeds he takes the place 
of "IT," 

CAT AND RAT. (P.) 

The players form a circle and join hands. One player is 
the cat and is outside ; another is the rat and is inside. The 
cat tries to catch the rat. The players help tlfe rat by 
letting him run under their arms but they endeavor to stop 
the cat. When the rat is caught let those who have been 
running go in the circle and choose another cat and rat. 

CIRCLE BOWL. (P.) 

Have the pupils form a large circle ; number by twos, all 
the number ones in one team and the number twos in the 
other. In the center of the circle place four individual clubs 
in a square. The players in succession endeavor to knock 
down the clubs by rolling a ball or stone. Each club bowl- 
ed over counts one for the team which knocked it down. 
Set the club up after it is bowled down. The team which 
has scored the most points after each player hais bowled 
^nce wins. 

CORNER SPRY. (P.) 

Divide the pupils into four groups, stationed in four cor- 
ners of the rooms. Each group has a captain who stands 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



131 



in the center, each with a bean bag, and faces his group oi 
players, who stand in a row. Each captain throws his bean 
bag to the head player in his row. The bag is thrown back 
to the captain, who tosses it to the next one, and so on un- 
til all the players have tossed. Then the captain calls^ 
"Corner Spry" and runs to the head of the row, and the last 
player becomes captain. The group wins which first has 
all its players in the captain's place. 

CROWS AND CRANES. (P.) 

Formation, two lines of players, back to back and about 
one yard interval. 

One line is designated as the Crows and the other the 
Cranes. If the teacher calls out "Cranes," the Cranes will 
rush forward about thirty feet across a safety line, and 
the line designated as Crows will turn around and aftempt 
to tag the opposing players before they have covered the dis- 
tance to the safety line. Those who are tagged must go 
over to the other side. The side having the largest number 
of players at expiration of a given time wins. 

DITCH PULL. (P.) 

Players are divided into two teams and stand on two 
parallel lines two feet apart. At the command of a leader 
they reach across the ditch and endeavor to pull an oppo- 
nent across. Team-mates may assist each other in pulling 
an opponent across. At the end of three minutes the play- 
ers are counted, and the side having the greatest number 
wins. 

FISHERMAN. (P.) 

One child is chosen "fisherman" and all the others are 
"fish" and are lined up at one end of an open space. At a 
signal they all run, making motions as though they were 
swimming and try to swim to the other end. If the "fisher- 
man" catches any fish they immediately turn into "fisher- 
men" and help catch the rest. Continue the game until 
all are caught. 

MAIL MAN. (P.) 

Players form a circle. Each chooses the name of a post- 
office, which may be that of any city. One player, the mail 



(132) 



man, stands in the center. He then asks each one in order 
what post-office he represents, and they answer. He calls 
the names of two or three post-offices and those whose 
names he calls must change places. The mail man then 
tries to get a place during the exchange and the one left 
out is the mail man. If the players do not change places 
promptly the mail man may count ten, and any player who 
has not left his place must give it up, and change with the 
mail man, 

TAG THE WALL RELAY. (R.) 

Players all seated, even numbers in each row. At a signal 
the last player in each row runs forward and tags the wall. 
Just as soon as he is out of the aisle, all the others move 
back one seat. The player, who is running, takes the va- 
cant ^eat and raises his hand which is a signal for the one 
who is now the last in the row, to start. The line wins 
which first returns to its original position. 



I 



GRADE IV. 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson. 
First eight weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade 
11. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class two steps backward — MARCH ! 1-2-3. Three 
steps forward — MARCH! 1-2-3-4. One step backward— 
MARCH! 1-2. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately * on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts.)t 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and right foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk turning left and right. (8 times.) 

7. Arms upward— BEND! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together— PLACE (2) Same jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise 
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly ex- 
hale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Class right— FACE! Left— FACE! Heels— RAISE! 
Down, etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



♦ Wherever used "alternately" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left, 
t Since there are two counts to each unit this means six units. 



136 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward— BEND ! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2). Downward— STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg, slowly, forward 
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (alternate, 12 times.) 

6. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Trunk to. the right (L) — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Running in place, on count — . 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE ! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION ! On neck— PLACE ! (Quick changes.) 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (Arch the back) (8 
times.) 

3. Arms forward and left (R) leg forward— RAISE ! (1) 
POSITION ! (2) Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4 
1-2-3-4, etc. (Alternate, 24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward — RAISE! Trunk forward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Hands on hips — PLiVCE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND ! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND ! (2) Same on count 
—BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.) 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : xA.rms forward — BEND ! Arms 
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and 
slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 2. 

LESSON 5. 

1. Right— FACE! Right— FACE! Left— FACE! (Give 
fast.) 

2. Arms sideward raise and chest — RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



137 



3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts..) 

4. Arms upward — BEND! Arms upward — STRETCH! (1) 
BEND! (2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE! Trunk to the right— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 10 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 3. 

LESSON 6. 

1. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — . 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2," 
etc. (32 counts for right, 32 for left.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and chest — RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) knee upward — 
BEND! Backward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for left, 12 for right.) 

4. Arms sideward — RAISE! Double arm circumduction 
backward, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts back- 
ward, 16 forward.) 

5. Arms forward upward — RAISE ! Trunk forward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk to Right (L)— BEND ! (1)— RAISE! (2) (8 
times to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Class mark time— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly in- 
hale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 7. 

1. Arms forward — BEND! Arms sideward fling and feet 
sideward — PLACE! (1) Arms forward bend and feet together 
—PLACE! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN ! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! (1) (Both feet in a straight Hne) POSITION! (2) 
Same alternately, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



138 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward — BEND ! Right arm sideward — 
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm sideward— STRETCH I 
(3) BEND ! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! l-2<3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly forward 
—RAISE! (1) DOWN (2) (8 times for left, 8 for right.) 

6. Arms forward upward and feet sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to 
right, 8 to left.) 

7. Arms upward — BEND ! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Hands on hips — PLACE ! Slowly 
inhale and exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

1. Run around the room. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms forward— BEND ! Arms sideward— FLING ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2,1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE ! On the right knee— KNEEL! 
Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 
times.) 

5. Arms sideward and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right (L)— TURN ! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 
8 times.) 

6. Hands on neck— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

7. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Running in place on count — 
BEGIN, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. See Lesson 6. 

LESSON 9. 

See Lessons 3, 5 and 6. 

LESSON 10. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Hands on hips— PLACE! etc. (Quick changes.) 

2. Arms sideward raise and chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) leg backward— 
RAISE! (1) DOWN (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN 1 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



139 



4. z'\rms forward— BEND! Sideward— FLING! (1) BEND! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 times.) 

5. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk forward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms forward— BEND ! Trunk to the left (R)— BEND! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON IL 

1. Arms sideward upward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE; (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Left (R) leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 tounts.) 

4. Hands on neck— PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

5. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to right (L) 
—TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to 
left.) 

6. Arms upward— BEND! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms upward— BEND! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 times.) 

4. Arms sideward — RAISE! Double arm circumduction 
forward, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



140 



ALABAMA MANUAL OP 



5. Arms upward bend, and right foot forward — -PLACE! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times for right, 
8 for left.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to the right 
(D— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) leg forward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 1. 
LESSON 13. 

1. Two steps forward— MARCH ! Right— FACE! Right 
—FACE ! etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward upward— RAISE ! (1) Sideward — 
DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and and feet — CLOSE! (Toes to- 
gether.) Trunk to the right (L) TURN! (1) Forward— 
TURN! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Run around the room, knees up high. 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 
LESSON 14. 

Repeat Lessons 7 and 10. 
LESSON 15. 

1. Right— FACE! Left— FACE! Hands on neck— PLACE! 
POSITION ! etc. (To be given fast.) 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Knees— BEND ! (1) Knees— 
STRETCH! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
counts.) 

4. Arms forward— BEND ! Sideward— FLING ! (1) BEND ! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



141 



the right— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to 
left.) 

7. "Skip" around the room with hands on hips'. 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

1. File race, or game. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Chest— RAISE ! (1) DOWN ! (2) 
Arching the back (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for left.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND ! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND ! (1) (Touching fingers to floor) RAISE! (2) 
(8 times.) 

6. Left (R) hand on hip and right (L) hand on neck — 
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)— BEND ! (1) Raise (2) (8 
times to left, 8 to right.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. See Lesson 4. 
LESSON 17. 

1. Class right— FACE! Left— FACE! Mark time— 
MARCH! Class— HALT! 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND (1) 
RAISE (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) foot sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN, 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! On 
the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times each.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to right (L) 
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times each.) 

7. March around the room with hands on hips. 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 



B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 



OATS AND BEANS 




1. Oats and beans and bar-ley grow; Oats and beans and bar-ley grow; Do^ 

2. First the farm - er sows his seed, Then he stands and takes his ease; 




you, or 1, or any -one know How oais and beans and bar-ley gro^? 



stamps his foot and claps his hand, And turns him round to view the land. 



OATS AND BEANS. 

First Verse: Children join hands and form a circle, and dance 
to the left, one child being in the center who is the farmer. 

Second Verse: Drop hands on the first phrase. Then sow the 
seed from a basket held on the left arm, with a surging motion of 
the right hand. 

Stand up straight with arms folded on the second phrase; clasp 
the hands and stamp feet on the third phrase. 

Point the right hand toward the fields on the fourth phrase. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



148 



ROUND THE MULBERRY BUSH. 



I. Here we go round the mul-ber-ry bush, The mul-ber-ry bush, the mul-ber-ry bush ; 



3: 











■ 3 • ^ 

Here we go round the mul-ber-ry bush, On a c 

P^-=r— 1?-^- P — 


&1-|_1_£_*^ d 

old and f rost-y mom-i 

"S 1 f 


>- 

M 



ROUND THE MULBERRY BUSH. 
The children join hands in a ring and skip round, singing: 

Here we go round the mulberry bush, 
The mulberry bush, the mulberry bush; 
Here we go round the mulberry bush; 
On a cold and frosty morning. 

Then they determine what kind of work they shall do and, stand- 
ing in place, play out whatever they decided upon. For instance, 
if washing the face is chosen, each vigorously washes his face 
while singing: 

This is the way we wash our face, 
Wash our face, wash our face; 
This is the way we wash our face. 
On a cold and frosty morning. 

On the words "On a cold and frosty morning" all shiver and, pre- 
tending to wrap shawls closely about their sholders, turn completely 
around. 

Repeat "Here we go round the mulberry bush," as in the begin- 
ning. The children then suggest various activities, such as combing 
hair, brushing shoes, mending clothes, etc.; and when their resources 
are exhausted, they release hands and sing, "This is the way we go 
to school," etc., walking very slowly and reluctantly. Turning about 
and skipping gaily in the opposite direction, they wave their hands and 
sing, "This is the way we go home from school," etc. 

The verse "Here we go round the mulberry bush," etc., is sung 
between all but the last two verses. 

As the children become familiar with the game, the verses are 
gung without stopping; the leader simply pauses on "This is the way" 



144 ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



until a child suggests the activity, then all take it up and the game 
continues. 

The following is probably the most familiar version in America : 

1. As we go round the mulberry bush, 
The mulberry bush, the mulberry bush; 
As we go round the mulberry bush, 

So early in the morning. 

2. This is the way we wash our clothes, 
Wash our clothes, wash our clothes; 
This is the way we wash our clothes, 
So early Monday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

3. This is the way we iron our clothes, etc., 
So early Tuesday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

4. This is the way we scrub our floors, etc., 
So early Wednesday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

5. This is the way we mend our clothes, etc., 
So early Thursday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

6. This is the way we sweep our floors, etc.. 
So early Friday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

7. This is the way we bake our bread, etc.. 
So early Saturday morning. 

As we go round the mulberry bush, etc. 

8. This is the way we go to church, etc.. 
So early Sunday morning. 

The children sometimes add, "This is the way we say our prayers," 
kneeling solemnly with hands clasped. Without singing, "Here we 
go round the mulberry bush," they turn and walk slowly in the oppo- 
site direction, singing: 

"This is the way we go home from church," etc. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



145 



PEAS PORRIDGE. 

Form in couples, partners facing. (Music 2-4 time.) See 
chorus of 'The Man in the Moon/' page 160. 

I. 

(1) Clap hands against the thighs; (2) clap hands together 
in front; (3) clap hands with partner. One measure. 

Repeat (1-2-3) one measure. 

(1) Clap against thighs; (2) clap hands together; (3) clap 
right hand with partner; (4) clap hands together. One meas- 
ure. 

(1) Clap left hand with partner; (2) clap together; (3) 
clap both hands with partner, one measure. (Four measures 
in all.) 

Repeat all. 

II. 

Join right hands and change places, with two polka steps 
* (1-2-3, 1-2-3) Facing partner, clap own hands together (1-2-3) 
stamp three times, shaking head (1-2-3). Four measures. 
Repeat to place. 

III. 

Join both hands with partner, keeping hands stretched out 
to the side and glide polka. Eight measures. 

Note : The motions in the first part are suggested by the 
old verses : 

Peas porridge hot, 
Peas porridge cold. 
Peas porridge in the pot, 
Nine days old. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. Arch Ball. 

2. Bean Bag Plays, page 130. 

3. Bean Bag Tag. 

4. Black and White. 

5. Catch Ball. 

6. Cross Tag. 

7. Have You Seen My Sheep? 

8. Hopping Race. 

9. Jack Follow the Leader. 

10. Tag the Wall Relay, page 132. 

11. Squat Tag. 

12. All up Relay. 

13. Circle Seat Relay. 

ARCH BALL. (P. R.) 

Line the players up in two or more single files of equal 
numbers. The one who is the leader of each file holds a bas- . 
ket ball. At a given signal he passes the ball back over his 
head to the one behind him and so on until the ball reaches 
the last one in the file. The last one runs forward with the 
ball and toes the line, starting ball back again. The line which 
gets back to its original position first, wms. 

BEAN BAG TAG. (P. R.) 

A runner and chaser are chosen ; each one puts a bean bag 
on his head and tries to balance it while running without use 
of hands. When the runner wants to stop he puts the bag on 
some one else's head and that person becomes the runner. 

BLACK AND WHITE. (P. R.) 

Divide into two sides, one called "whites" the other 
"blacks." A piece of card board with a pencil mark on one 
side is thrown into the air. If it lands with the marked side 
up, all the whites drop to the floor and the "blacks" try to tag 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



147 



them before they can do so. Those tagged are out of the 
game. The side having the largest number at the end of the 
game wins. 

CATCH BALL. (P.) 

Use a soft ball or some other object. Form a circle facing 
the catcher. One child is "It" and is on the outside of the 
circle. The ball is passed about from one to another inside 
the circle and "It" tries to tag the one who has the ball. If 
he succeeds they change places. 

CROSS TAG. (P.) 

Appoint someone *Tt." At signal "Go," It chases any one 
he wishes. He can chase only this one until he either tags 
him, or some other player crosses in between him and the 
chased player. Any player crossing in this manner, becomes 
the party to be chased. If the chased party becomes tagged, 
the players are reversed, that is, the one that was "It" is 
chased and the chased is "It." Any one running outside of 
the playing zone becomes "It." 

HAVE YOU SEEN MY SHEEP. (R.) 

All the children join hands and form a circle around the desks 
with one child outside the circle. The one on the outside 
touches one of the players on the back and asks, "Have you 
seen my sheep?" To this question the other replies: "No, how 
was it dressed?" The first child then describes some player, 
who, when he recognizes himself, must run around the circle 
and try to regain his place without being tagged by the one 
outside the circle. 

HOPPING RACE. (R.) 

Draw a line across the room in front of the desks. Arrange 
the children so that there will be the same number in each 
row. The leader of each row takes his place at the rear of 
the room opposite his aisle. When the teacher gives the com- 
mand "Stoop" each pupil takes a stooping position, with his 
hands clasped under his knees. The teacher then says "Go" 
and the leaders hop down the aisles to the goal and back to 
their seats. The child who first returns to a good sitting po- 
sition at his own desk is the winner. When the leaders have 



(148) 



finished, the players who are second in the rows have their 
turn, and so on. 

JACK FOLLOW THE LEADER. (P. R.) 

One player is the leader and runs at the head of a line of 
the others. He runs in and out, hopping and clapping his 
hands. Any player who fails to follow the leader and do as 
he does, must drop out of the game. 

SQUAT TAG (P. R.) 

Choose one player to be "It." The one who is "It" tries 
to tag players, but they cannot be tagged as long as they hold 
a squatting position. When the one who is "It" is not near 
they all stand up again. Each player may use this way to es- 
cape being tagged three times, when they can escape only by 
running. Anyone who is tagged is "It." 

ALL UP RELAY. (R.) 

In front of each row of seats draw two circles about 8 
inches in diameter with the rims almost touching. Place an 
object such as an Indian club in one of each of the pairs of 
circles. The leader in each row runs forward changes the 
object from one circle to the other, runs back and touches next 
one behind him, who then starts and repeats the action. The 
row which finishes first wins. 

CIRCLE SEAT RELAY RACE. (R.) 

Children in front desks of each row get up at same time, 
and run to rear of room around desks and back to their seats, 
touching the second children as they pass. As soon as the 
second children are touched they run in the same way to rear 
of room and back to place. This continues until each child 
has run. The row that has all of its children run and get back 
in their seats first, wins. 



GRADE V. 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson. 
First seven weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II. 
LESSON 1. 

1. Class right— DRESS! FRONT! 

Class forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) 
(8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts,)t 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk forward^ — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward — RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate * 8 times.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees 
—BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 comnts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 2. 

1. Class right— FACE! Left— FACE! Forward— 
MARCH! Class— HALT! etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2). (Arch the back.) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Left (R) knee upward— BEND! 
(I) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms forward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Downward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Left (R) leg forward— RAISE' 
(1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8 for right.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk to the right 
(D— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (8 times each.) 



* In every case, "alternate" refers to alternation of exercise from 
right to left and vice versa, 
t Since there arc two counts to each unit, this means 16 units. 



152 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R). leg sideward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Class forward— 
MARCH! Class— HALT! Right— FACE! Forward— 
MARCH ! HALT ! etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Chest— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Left 
(R) arm upward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Right (L) arm 
sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE ! Left (R) leg slowly forward • 
—RAISE! (1) DOWN (2) (8 times for left, 8 for right.) 

6. Arms upward— BEND ! Trunk to the right (L) BEND ! 
(1) RAISE: (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Heels — 
RAISE! (1) Knees— BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) 
Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Arms forward — BEND ! Arms sideward fling and feet 
sideward — PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet together — 
PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

9. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 4, 

1. Right— FACE ! Left— FACE ! Forward— MARCH ! Class 
• — HALT ! etc. (Given rapidly.) 

2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Head back- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward — RAISE! Double arm circumduction 
forward (Backward) on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.( 16 
counts forward, 16 backward.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



153 



5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
KAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
to the right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the left 
—TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (16 times.) 

7. Running in place, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward — BEND ! Arms 
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and 
slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 5. 

1. Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Forward— MARCH ! 
Class — HALT! etc. (Given rapidly.) 

2. Arms and feet sideward— PLACE ! Chest— RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Left leg sideward— RAISE (1) 
DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward upward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms upward — BEND ! Left leg slowly forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg slowly forward— RAISE ! 
(3) DOWN! (4) (12 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
to the right (L)— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (8 times 
to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Heels — 
RAISE! (1) Knees— BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) 
Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

9. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times. "y 

LESSON 6. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 2. 

LESSON 7. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT! Right— 
FACE! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! 
(2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 



•1/ 



154 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Left leg forward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg forward— RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward upward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Side- 
ward upward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right leg slowly forv/ard 
-RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg slowly forward— RAISE ! 

(3) DOWN! (4) (12 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward— PLACE ! Arms 
sideward fling and trunk to right (L) — TURN! (1) Arms bend 
and trunk forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Arms upward— BEND ! Feet sideward— PLACE I (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION Hands on hips— PLACE! etc. 

2. Chest— 'RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) (Arch the back.) (10 
times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Right (L) leg forward— 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for right, 8 for left.) 

5. Pretend to chop wood, swinging vigorously. 

6. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) Forward— STRETCH ! (2) BEND! (3) DOWN! 

(4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Running in place, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly in- 
hale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 9. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! On toes— MARCH! Double 
time— MARCH! Common time— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms upward — BEND! Head slightly backward — 
BEND ! (1) RAISE ! (2) Arch the back. (8 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



156 



3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) (Hold balance) Knees— STRETCH (3) Heels— 
DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) arm upward, right (L) 
arm sideward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts to left, 16 to right.) 

5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! On 
the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE (2) (4 times for right, 4 for left.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
to the right (L) TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Alter- 
nately, 8 times.) 

7. Running in place with stiff knee. 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale, 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Class left— FACE ! One step to the left— MARCH ! One 
step to the right— MARCH ! Right— FACE ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward raise and chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and knees— BEND (1) POSITION! 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet— CLOSE! Trunk to the 
left (R)— TURN! (1) Forw.ard— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 10 
times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on left (R) foot on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON IL 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH! etc. 

2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — -PLACE! 
Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 



156 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN; 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND ! (1) Trunk— RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
—PLACE! On the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk back- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for left, 4 for right.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the left— 
TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Hop forward on both feet, 
on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (Same backward.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

1. Class right— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! To the rear 
—MARCH! etc. 

2. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! 
Head backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) Arch the back. (6 
times.) 

3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg backward— RAISE ! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND! (1) Arms upward — STRETCH! 
(2) BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) foot diagonally for- 
ward— PLACE! Trunk to the right— TURN ! (1) Forward— 
TURN! (2) To the left— TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) 
(Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE ! (1) REPLACE! (2) Same, 
alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 13. 
Repeat Lessons 4 and 5. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



157 



LESSON 14. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! Change step— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on hips and feet— CLOSE! Chest— RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and right knee upward — BEND ! Leg for- 
ward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for "left.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! (1) Sideward— STRETCH ! (2) 
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right— TURN! (1) Trunk backward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! 
(3) Trunk forward— TURN ! (4) (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

6. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! ( Trunk to 
the right (L)— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 

(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Forward— MARCH ! Class 
—HALT! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE I 
Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Heels— RAISE (1) Knees— BEND ! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! 

(3) Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN-! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts to left, 16 to right.) 

4. Arms forward upward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) 
Same on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

• 5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg slowly forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8 for right.) 

6. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the left— 
TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop forward on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (Backward on other foot.) (10 counts for right, 
10 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 



(158) 



LESSON 16. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH! 
Class— HALT! etc. 

2. Arms sideward raise and trunk slightly backward— 
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk— RAISE! (2) (4 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 

(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Forward— 
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND! (1) Arms bend 
and trunk— RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right— TURN ! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (6 
times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 17. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Arms sideward— RAISE ! POSITION! etc. (Quick 
change.) 

2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Head slight- 
ly backward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips^ — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE- 
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Right (L) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms upward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND! 

(3) Foot— REPLACE ! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! (16 
counts to right, 16 to left.) 

5. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward— PLACE I 
On the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times each.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right (L)— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 



B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 



ACE OF DIAMONDS 



















18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 Z).(7. 

Ml 




1 ' 






-«* ^ 


1 L 





ACE OF DIAMONDS. 

Formation: Partners face each other, hands on hips. In circle 
or in line. 

Measures 1-8: Clap hands, hook right arms, polka, stamping on 
first step, and turning in place. Repeat, hooking left arms. 

Measures 9-18: Number one goes backward with four hop steps, 
number two follows, moving forward. Repeat, number one moving 
forward, number two backward. 

Measures 17-24: Polka forward. 

Repeat from beginning. 



160 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



THE MAN IN THE MOON 



Moderaio _ . ^ 



The Man in the Mocn Came down too soon And asked his way to Nor - wich. He 



m 



1 



went by the south And burned his mouth Eat - ing cold bean por - ridge. 



CHORUS 
Nursery Rhyme 
Moderaio 



Tr^idttional 



Bean por-ridge hot, Bean por-ridge cold, Bean por-ridge in the pot, Nine days old. 




Some like it hot, 



5= 



Some like it cold, Some like it in the pot, Nine days old. 



■ 


9- 1 


9- 

r — ^ 


■ 










S 3 






















Ml 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



161 



THE MAN IN THE MCK)N 

Formation: A single circle arranged in partner?, ail facing in 
line of direction, arms folded high on chest. 

Measures 1-4: All run forward in line of direction, taking long, 
stiff-legged strides. 

Measures 5: All face about with two jumps. 

Measures 6-8: Run forward in opposite direction. 

Measure 9: ' Face partners with two jumps. 

CHORUS. 

Measures 1-4: "Bean," clap thighs, "porridge," clap own hands; 
"hot," clap partner's hands, face high; "bean," clap thighs; '^por- 
ridge," clap own hands; "cold," clap partner's hands; "bean," clap 
thighs; "porridge," clap own hands; "in the," clap partner's hands; 
"pot," clap own hands; "nine," clap partner's right hand; "days," 
clap own hands; "old," clap partner's left hand. 

Measures 5-8: Repeat same. 



6-PE 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground ; R, Room, 

1. Automobile. 

2. Birds Fly, 

3. Bean Bag Drill. 

4. Circle Toss. 

5. Crossing the Brook. 

6. Do This, Do That. 

7. Have You Seen My Sheep? 

8. Last Man. 

9. Three Deep. 

10. Blackboard Relay. 

11. Forward Sprint Relay. 
\2. Over and Under Rela}^ 

AUTOMOBILE. (R.) 

The first pupil in each alternate roAV at a signal from the 
teacher leaves by the right side, runs forward and around his 
seat then to the rear and up the left side completely encircling 
his own row of seats. As soon as he is seated the next one 
behind him runs in the same way, and this continues until the 
last pupil has run and has returned to his seat. The other 
rows then play in the same way and finally the winning rows. 
At the beginning the captain for each row names the automo- 
bile it represents. 

BIRDS FLY. (P. R) 

Formation, players in circle one in the center. Players and 
person in circle slap their knees. Player in center then calls 
out the name of an animal which flies. All jump into air. 
stretching the arms out over head and giving a yell. How- 
ever, if the player in the center should mention an animal 
that does not fly, the players do not jump up. If any person 
jumps up when lie should not, he must take the place of the 
one in the center. 

BEAN BAG DRILL. (R.) 

The players are seated at their desks. A bean bag is placed 
at the front of each aisle on the floor. At the command "Go" 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



16S 



ail the players in the first seats run and take the bags and 
touch the rear wall then return to their seats, leaving bags 
on the floor at the side of the second seats. The second line 
of players do the same and the game continues in this way 
until all have run. The row wins which finishes first. 

CIRCLE TOSS. (R. P.) 

Form a circle with about ten feet between each player. All 
but two or three must hold a bean bag, eraser or some object. 
At a given signal toss the objects to the right as rapidly as 
possible. As soon as a player has tossed the object he must 
turn to the left and be ready to receive from the one to his 
left. Now and then change the direction of tossing. 

CROSSING THE BROOK. (P.) 

Draw two fines on floor for the banks of the brook. It 
should be wider at one end than at the other. The players 
form in line and take a running jump across the brook. Those 
who step in the brook must drop out of line. Those who are 
successful in the jump continue and jump again. Have them 
try to jump at a wider place than at first. Standing jump 
may be used also. 

DO THIS, DO THAT. (P. R.) 

A leader is chosen and all the players stand and face him. 
The leader takes any kind of position he wishes and then says : 
"Do this" and all must imitate him. But if the leader should 
say "Do that" the players are not expected to do it and who 
ever does must take his seat or drop out of the game. 

HAVE YOU SEEN MY SHEEP. (P. R.) 

The players all form a circle and one player is chosen a shep- 
herd. He is on the outside of the circle and walking around 
taps someone on the back and says, "Have you seen my 
sheep?" The player asks, "How is he dressed?" The shep- 
herd then tells something of the dress of one of the players in 
the circle, as "He wears brown shoes and a w^hite shirt." The 
player questioned tries to guess, as details are added to the 
description. When he guesses correctly the shepherd says,. 
"Yes," and the guesser chases the one described. If the chaser 
catches the runner before the latter has returned to his place, 
the chaser becomes shepherd ; if he does not. the runner be- 
coms shepherd. 



(164) 



LAST MAN. (R.) 

Rows playing must be full rows. One player is "IT" and 
there is one runner, besides the full rows of seats. The run- 
ner may come to the front of any row and call "Last Man" 
and then each player in the row must move back one seat 
leaving the first seat vacant for the runner. The last one in 
the row will be out of place and thus becomes the runner. 
When a runner is tagged he is "It," and the one who caught 
him becomes runner and must get out of the way at once. 

THREE DEEP. (P.) 

Players form a circle and count off by twos, each number 
two will then step back of the number ones. We then have 
a double circle with all facing toward the center. One player 
must be a runner and another a chaser. The runner may run 
around or between the pla3'ers, and may be safe by standing 
in front of any group of two; thus forming one group that 
is three deep." The rear one in any group of "three deep" 
immediately becomes the runner and can be tagged by the 
chaser. The one who is tagged becomes chaser and tries to tag 
the one that tagged him. 

BLACKBOARD RELAY. (R.) 

Arrange the pupils so that there will be equal numbers in 
each row. At the signal "GO" the first player in each row 
runs to the board, takes the chalk, makes a mark (which w^as 
previously agreed to) replaces the chalk and returns touch- 
ing the next one in his row who then runs to the board, and 
so on. 

FORWARD SPRINT RELAY. (P. R.) 

First player, on each team, with handkerchief in hand, runs 
down to or around a given point and returns to starting line. 
Second player receives handkerchief at starting line, repeats 
the run and brings handkerchief back to third boy. Continue 
until all have run. They must receive handkerchief back of 
starting line. 

OVER AND UNDER RELAY. (P. R.) 

Like "Overhead Relay," except that two balls or other ob- 
jects are passed, the first overhead and the second between 
feet. The first player counts 10 between the passing of the 
first and second objects ; the last player runs to head oflf line 
after receiving both. It can be played in the schoolroom by 
having alternate rows play at the same time, so as to leave a- 
free aisle for running. 



GRADE VI. 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two Aveeks on each lesson. 
First seven weeks review Lessons 1. 2. 5 and 9 of Grade II. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class right about— FACE 1 Left— FACE! Mark time— 
MARCH! Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternatel}/. * on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts. )t 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) arm upward and right 
(L) arm sidew^ard— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same, alter- 
nately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 times.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! On the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk to the 
right (L)— TURN! (1) Forward— TLT?RN ! (2) (6 times to 
left, 6 to right.) 

7. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms sideward stretch and feet 
sideward — PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet together — 
PLACE! (2) Same jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Right— FACE ! Right 
about— FACE*! Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternatelv on count— BE- 
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 

* Wherever used, "alternately" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left, 
t Since there are two counts to each unit, this means eight units. 



168 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) arm upward and right 
(L) arm sideward—STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same alter- 
nately on count— BEGIN T 1-2, 1-2, etc. 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE ! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
sideward fling and trunk to the right (L) — ^TURN! (1) Arms 
bend and trunk forward — TURN ! (2) (Alternately, 6 times.) 

7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together — 
PLACE! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) " 
LESSON 3. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, heels up 
high in back, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg sideward — RAISE ! 
Arms sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts to left, 10 to right.) 

4. Arms forward upward — RAISE! Trunk forward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

5. Arms forward — BEND ! Arms sideward fling and trunk 
to the right — TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk forward — 
TURN! (2) Same to left (3) FORWARD! (4) (4 times.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Knees— BEND ! (1) Knees— 
STRETCH! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left leg forward— LUNGE ! 
(1) REPLACE! (2) Right leg forward— LUNGE ! (3) RE- 
PLACE! (4) Same on count—BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

1. Class left— FACE! One step to the left— MARCH ! For- 
ward— MARCH! To the rear— MARCH! Class— HALT! etc. 

2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward— PLACE I 
Head backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



169 



3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! Heels— RAISE! Knees— BEND ! lArms upward— 
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and left foot diagonally forward— 
PLACE! Trunk to the right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! 
(2) To the left— TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (4 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (10 counts to right, 10 to left.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point Breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 5. 

1. Class forward—MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! Class 
—HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) 
(6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and heels — RAISE! (March forward and 
backward on the toes.) 

4. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward— FLING ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) 
POSITION! (4) Same alternately on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hariids on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly forward 
—RAISE! (1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) (8 times to left, 8 to 
right.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! (1)' 
Trunk to the right (L)— TURN ! (2) Forward—TURN ! (3) 
POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Jump forward then backward, 
on both feet. 

8. Breathing exercise. Slowly inhale, then exhale. .(8 
times.) 

LESSON 6. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 3. 



170 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



LESSON 7. 

1. Class right about — FACE ! Two steps backward — 
MARCH! Left— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! .Class— HALT, 
etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on comit— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4. 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND! (1) Arms 
bend and trunk— RAISE ! (2) (10 times.) 

5. Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left (R) — 
TURN! (2) Arms bend and trunk forward— TURN ! (3) PO- 
SITION! (4) (6 times to left, 6 to right.) 

6. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward— LUNGE ! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same alternately on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE ! (1) Feet together— 
PLACE! (2) Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

1. Hands on neck — PLACE ! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Head backward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) PO- 
SITION! (4) (4 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! Right leg forward — RAISE 
(1) DOWN! (2) Left leg forward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms for- 
ward raise and knees— BEND ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward — R^\ISE! Right leg, slowly, forward — 
RAISE! (1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) Left leg forward— RAISE ! 
(3) Slowly— DOWN! (4) (12 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward— PLACE ! Trunk 
to the right— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left— BEND! 
(3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Arms upward bend and right leg forward — LUNGE! (1) 
POSITION ! (2) Arms upward bend and left leg forward — 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



171 



LUNGE! (3; POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 
8. Breathi!!^ exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 9. 

1. Running around the room, up on the toes. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet — CLOSE! Head 
backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! 
(4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward — LUNGE ! 
(1) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) PO- 
SITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(16 counts to right, 16 to left.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and on the right (L) knee — 
KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 
times.) 

6. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms upward stretch and trunk 
to the right — TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk forward — 
TURN ! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale) — (10 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
'bEND! (1) Forward— STRETCH ! (2) BEND! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4; 
1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms 

sideward RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— 

BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg slowly forward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times to left, 8 to right.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet — CLOSE! Arms side- 
ward stretch and trunk to the right (L)— TURN! (1) Arms 



172 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



bend and trunk forward TURN! (2) s8 times to right. 8 to 
left.) 

7. Run around the room, up on the toes. 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing, (8 times. ) 

LESSON 11. 

Repeat Lessons 4 and 5. 

LESSON 12. 

L Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Forward— MARCH ! 
On toes— MARCH ! Double time— MARCH ! Common time— 
MARCH! etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE ! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck and right (L) knee upward — BEND! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg sideward — 
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND! 
(3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 

5. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Arms upward fling and trunk 
forward— BEND! (1) Arms sideward and trunk— RAISE! (2) 
Give slowly. (12 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and trunk to the right (L) — 
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk— RAISE! (2) (Alternate. 
12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Jump in place to right (L) 
with a turn of 90 degrees. (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward and slowly 
inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (10 
times.) 

LESSON 13. 

1. Class right— FACE! Left— FACE! About— FACE! For- 
ward— MARCH ! By the right flank- MARCH ! By the left 
flank— MARCH ! Class— HALT etc. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward — BEND! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Left 
arm upward and right arm sideward — STRETCH! (1) BEND! 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



173 



(2) Right arm upward and left arm sideward — STRETCH ! 

(3) BEND! (4) Same on count— BEGIN' 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! (1) Trunk forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) PO- 
SITION! (4) (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

6. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L) BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Al- 
ternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE ! (1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale, (8 times.) 

LESSON 14. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! By 
the right flank— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms upward — BEND ! Head backward bend and chest 
—RAISE! (1) Head raise and chest— DOWN ! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Arms upward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for left, . 8 for 
right.) 

4. Arms forward upward raise and left foot forward — 
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Same with right foot (3) PO- 
SITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
to the right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) Arms side- 
ward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND ! (4) (8 times to right, 8 to 
left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE! (1) Together— PLACE ! 
(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 15. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Right— FACE! etc. (Quick changes.) 



174 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — ^^PLACE ! 
Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg backward — RAISE! 
(1) Trunk forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) 
Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Left arm upward and right arm sideward — 
STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, al- 
ternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward— PLACE! On 
the right (L) knee— KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE ! (2) (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

6. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE ! (1) Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right (L) 
TURN ! (2) Arms bend and trunk forward— TURN ! (3) PO- 
SITION ! (4) (Alternate, 6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place on count — 
BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms, forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH! Class 
—HALT ! Right— FACE ! About— FACE ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg backward — RAISE! 
Heels— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (6 counts for left, 6 for right.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! (1) 
Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg, slowly — RAISE! 
(1) Arms and leg, slowly — DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 6 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)— TURN! (2) Forward— 
TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate 6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



175 



7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! Hop 
on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-Z etc. (12 counts 
for right, 12 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 17. 

L Hands on hips— PLACE! Running in place, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and right (L) foot sideward 
—PLACE! Trunk, slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! Leg 
forward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for left.) 

4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms upward— RAISE ! (2) Arms (to horizon- 
tal)— DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk f or- 
ivard— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left, touching right hand to left 
toe— TURN! (2) Forward— TURN ! (3) POSITION! (4) (Al- 
ternately 6 times.) 

7. Arms upward bend and heels— RAISE! (1) Knees — 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 



B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK 
DANCES 



CHILDREN'S POLKA. 




Formation: Single circle around room, couples facing each other, 
hands joined and arms extended shoulder high. Measures 1, 2, part- 
ners slide to center of circle, and Measures 3-4, return to places. 
Measures 5-8, repeat. Measure 9, clap own thighs, then clap hands 
in front of chest. Measure 10, clap partner's hands three times. 
Measures 11, 12, repeat last two figures. Measures 13, point R toe 
forward and resting R elbow in L hand, shake forefinger of R hand at 
partner three times. Measure 14, repeat with L foot and hand. 
Measure 15, jump four times in place, making a quarter turn each 
time and turning around away from partner. Measure 16, stamp 
three times, beginning with R foot. 

HOW-DO-YOU-DO. 

(Music: tempo 2-4) 

Formation : Circle around room, sets of 4 couples facing. 

1. Inside hands joined, outside on skirt (or at waist), 4 
slides to L, 4 slides back to place (8 counts). Hands joined. 
8 slides around to L (8 counts.) 

2. Forward and back (8 counts). Forward and "How-wo- 
you-do" (8 counts.) On "how" joint R hands with opposite; 
on "do" shake R hands with opposite ; on "you" join L hands 
with opposite, on "do" shake L hands with opposite. Hands 
jointed with opposite, 8 slides toward center of circle (8 
counts), 8 slides back to place (8 counts.) 

3. "Star." R hands joined with diagonal, 8 skips around in 
place, moving to L. Turn, join L hands, 8 skips back to place. 

4. Forward and back. Forward and pass through opposite 
couple. Start with R foot, 6 steps forward, step to R and 
curtesy to new couple. (Each one goes to her own R in "pass- 
ing through.") (8 counts.) 

Repeat from beginning with new couple. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 
SAILOR'S HORNPIPE. 



177 



4=z3z=jii=:tc 



1=1 









1 1 -_L^__^_,_ 


1 .JiJ- 1 1 






^LZ j-Zr!^ — 

t:: — 


-1 1 1 1— 


— : — 
-h- 


9 » , 

9 



-« 1 »— I »-r-| — F— #— a 1 









9. 4L. 

1 |-q 


r^* ■ 








+ 


V v-- 




— !©— ip — 




























-9- -0- 
-19- -0- 

> ?~ 














-I 


- t ^ 




— p — 

L 





SAILOR'S HORNPIPE. 

Exercise 1. Alternate change steps forward beginning with 
arms folded and help high, body inclined away from advancing foot. 
16 counts. 

Exercises 2. (1) Spring on R foot with L toe behind R, R hand 
thrown out in gesture and L hand on hip — (2) same L~(3-4) change 



(178) 



step R — (5-8) repeat (1 to 4), beginning on other side — (9-16) alter- 
nate change steps backward, beginning R. 

Exercise 3. Rope Pulling. (1) Look up and raise R hand for- 
ward upward as if grasping a rope and then pull down — ^(2) same 
left. Continue for 8 counts, at the same time advancing quickly on 
heels by very short steps, time being kept by arm exercise only. 

Rowing. (9-16) half rocking step with R foot forward, stooping 
low and reaching forward with hands as you rock forward, pulling 
and bringing up hands close to front of waist as you rock backward^ 
gradually retreating. 

Exercise 4. Lookout. (1-2) Change steps sidewise R with slide 
(3, 4) repeat L, R hand help up as if to shield eyes, which are turned 
to side — (5-16) repeat alternately L and R. 

Exercise 5. Same as Exercise 2, turning completely around dur- 
ing each change step. 

Exercise 6. (1-3) Turn and take 3 running steps forward — (4) 
hop L sideways R foot forward — (5-16) repeat alternately L and R, 
all the time with hands clasped and held low with palms toward floor. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. Arch Ball, page 146. 

2. Black Tom. 

3. Dodge Ball. 

4. Fox and Geese. 

5. Guessing Verb. 

6. Hill Dill. 

7. Third Man. 

8. Ball Passing Relay. 

9. Forward Bend Relay. 

10. Forward Sprint, Relay, page 198. 

11. Potato Relay. 

BLACK TOM. (P.) 

Mark two lines on the ground dividing the playing space 
into three equal parts. One player is "IT". He stands in the 
middle space, all the players being at one end. When he calls 
"Black Tom," all the players run and try to reach the other 
end. "IT" tags as many as possible and all who are tagged 
must remain in the center and help tag the rest, and the one 
who is "IT" may call out "Black Tom." 

DODGE BALL. (P.) 

Players in two equal groups, one group forming a circle 
with the other group inside. The outside has some kind of 
a soft ball with which they try to hit the players inside the 
circle. As soon as one is hit he must join those on the out- 
side and help hit the others. When all have been hit in this 
way the groups change places and repeat. 

FOX AND GEESE. (P.) 

One player is to be the fox and one the gander. All the re- 
maining players are geese who line up in single file back of 
the gander. The last goose is eligible to be caught by the fox. 
The gander leads his flock back and forth all around and the 
fox endeavors to catch the last one in the line. If the fox 
catches a goose the two exchange places. 



<180) 



GUESSING VERB. (R.) 

Divide the players into two sides, one side going outside 
the room and those remaining choose some verb, which is to 
be guessed and acted by the other party. The players who 
were outside the room are told some word which rhymes with 
the chosen verb. They then decide on some verb and act it out» 
The inside players must then decide if the acting represents 
the correct verb. If right they clap their hands, if not the 
outside players return and try out another word. As soon 
as they have acted out the right verb, the two sides change 
places. 

HILL DILL. (P.) 

This game is very similar to **Black Tom" except that the 
players run when "Hill Dill" is called and the game starts, 
players may then run back and forth at any time without any 
further call. This makes it more difficult to catch them. 
THIRD MAN. (P.) 

Played much like three deep,* but is more difficult. Play- 
ers stand in couples, facing each other, couples scattered 
about any way. The runner is free from being tagged when 
he steps between the two players of any couple, and the 
chaser must choose the one toward whom the runner turns 
his back. Rules otherwise like three deep. 

BALL PASSING RELAY. (P. R.) 

(Use an eraser.) All boys spread legs. First one in column 
pased some object back between legs to the next boy who 
passes it on. When last one in column has recovered it they 
kneel down, and he runs forward astradle the other boys to 
the head of the column. The others quickly rise and the ob- 
ject is passed back between legs, etc., until all have carried 
it forward. 

FORWARD BEND RELAY (P. R.) 

No. 1, on each team, runs forward to goal with body bent 
forward, hands hanging below knees. Returns upright on 
the sprint, and tags No. 2. Continue until all have run. 

POTATO OR BLOCK RELAY. (P.) 

First player carries potatoes (6 stones) one at a time for- 
ward to a given point 20 yards distant. Second one carries 
them back to the starting point, one a a time. Third player 
carries them out again. Continue until all have run. 



*See page 164. 



JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

FIRST YEAR 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson. 

First seven weeks review Lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Right (Lj— FACE! Left (R)— FACE! About— FACE! 
Class forward — MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! (1) Chest — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Sideward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) t 

4. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left leg forward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg forward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
(6 times.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
l^ISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Trunk to the right— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) To the left— BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (8 
times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on left foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(12 counts for right, 12 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward and slowly 
inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale, (10 
times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place on count — 
BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Arms sideward and chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 
times.) 

3 Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward — RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, * on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Right arm sideward — 
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm sideward— STRETCH ! 



* Whenever used "alternately" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left 
t Since there are two counts to the unit, this means 16 units, 



184 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



(3) BEND! (4) -Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
sideward stretch and trunk to the right — BEND! (1) Arms 
bend and trunk— RAISE ! (2) (Alternate 10 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Skip forward around the 
room. 

8. Breathing exercise : Hands on hips — PLACE ! Raise 
heels and slowly inhale. Lower heels and slowly exhale. (10 
times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION ! Hands on hips— PLACE ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Plands on neck — PLACE! Right knee upward — 
BEND! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for left.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND! (1) Arms sideward — 
STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right— BEND! (1)- RAISE! (2) (Alternate 12 times.) 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Knees— DOWN ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN— 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 
Hop on .right foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 
counts for right, 12 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

1. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! 

(4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 
counts.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



185 



4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk foi - 
ward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left foot sideward — PLACE! 

(1) Trunk to the left— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! 
(4) (12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and right knee upward — BEND! (1) PO- 
SITION ! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips^ — PLACE! Slowly 
inhale and exhale, (10 times.) 

LESSON 5. 

1. Class two steps backward— -MARCH ; 1-2-3. Three 
steps forward — MARCH! 1-2-3-4. One step backward — 
MARCH ! 1-2, etc. 

2. Hands on neck! PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 

(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) Sideward— 
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4). Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4. 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) Backward— BEND ! (3) 
RAISE! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot forward — 
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the right (L)— TURN ! (2) Forward— 
TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 8 times.) 

7. Arms upward— BEND! Feet sideward— PLACE !( 1) 
Together— PLACE ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON 6. 

1. Class right— FAii!l Left— FACE? Heels— RAISE ! 
DOWN ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 



186 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left leg backward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg backward—RAISE ! (3) DOWN! 
(4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Forward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Downward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg, slowly, forward 
--RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 10 times.)' 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Trunk to the right— BEND ! 
(1) RAISE! (2) Trunk to the left (R) BEND! (3) IL\ISE! 
(4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(10 times.) 

LESSON 7. 

L Class right about— FACE! Left— FACE! Mark time 
—MARCH ! Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Left (R) leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND! (1) 'Left arm upward, right 
arm sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PI^A^CE ! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! On the right (L) knee— KNEEL ! Trunk to the 
right (L)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the left— 
TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (Alternately, 6 times.) 

7. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms sideward stretch and 
feet sideward — PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet together 
— PLACE ! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN ! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

1. Class right— DRESS! Front! Right— FACE! Right 
about— FACE r Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT! etc. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



187 



2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! 
(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Left leg forward— RAISE ! (1) 
DOWN! (2) Right leg forward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward and right arm 
sideward— STRETCH ! (1) BEND! (2) Same, alternately, on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE! (1) Trunk forward— BEND ! 
(2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (8 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
sideward fling and trunk to the right (L) — TURN! (1) Arms 
bend and trunk forward — TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to 
left.) 

7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together — 
PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

~ 8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 9. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! Class 
—HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! 
Trunk, slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and heels— RAISE! (1) Knees— BEND ! 
(2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-^2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— BEND ! Arms sideward— FLING ! (1) 
BEND ! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly forward 
—RAISE! (1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8 for 
right.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! (1) 
Touching left hand to right toe— TURN! (2) Forward— 
TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (xMternately, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Hop forward on right foot 
and backward on left — BEGIN ! 

Breathing exercise : Slowly inhale, then exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Class right about — FACE! Two steps backward — 
MARCH! Left— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT! 
etc. 



188- 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Left (R) leg sideward— RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward-— PLACE ! (1) 
Arms sideward—STRETCH ! (2) BEND ! (3) POSITION ! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL ! 
Trunk backward— BEND ' (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times to right. 
6 to left.) 

6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE ! 
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left — TURN! (1) 
Arms bend and trunk forward — ^TURN! (2) Same to right — 
TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward— LUNGE ! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2. 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 
LESSON IL 

1. Hands on neck — PLACE! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE! Head backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Right leg f orward-^RAISE ! 
(1) DOWN! (2) Left leg forward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count — BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms for- 
ward raise and knees— BEND ! (3) POSITION ! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms sidewards — RAISE! Right (L) leg slo¥/ly for-' 
ward— RAISE' (1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) (Alternate. 12 
times.) 

6. Arms sidevvard raise and feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 
10 times.) 

7 Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward — LUNGE ! 

(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8, Breathing exercise : West Point breatl^ing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 12. 

1. Running around the room, up on the toes. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! 

(2) (6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920 



189 



3. Hands on neck — PLACE ! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right leg forward — LUNGE! (1) 
Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4. 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and on the right (L) knee — 
KNEEL ! Trunk backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times 
on right, 6 on left.) 

6. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms upward stretch and trunk 
to the right — TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk forward—* 
TURN ! (2) (Alternately, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward and 
right (L) heel— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 
LESSON 13. 

1. Arms upward— BEND! Arms upward— STRETCH ! (1) 
BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2. 1-2. etc. (24 
counts.) 

2. Chest— RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Right (L) knee upward- — 
BEND! (1) Forward— STRETCH ! (2) BEND! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE ! (1) POSITION ! (2) Arms side- 
ward— R.\ISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE; (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternately, 12 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet CLOSE! Arms sideward 
stretch and trunk to the right (L) — TURN! (1) Arms bend 
and trunk forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 10 times.) 

7. Run around the room, up on the toes. 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point Breathing. (10 times.) 
LESSON 14. 

1. Class right— DRESS ! FRONT ! Forward— MARCH ! On 
toes— MARCH' Double time— MARCH ! Common time— - 
MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 



(190) 



3. Hands on neck and right (L) knee upward — BEND! (1) 
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg sideward — 
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— 
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately on count— BE- 
GIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Arms upward fling and trunk 
forward— BEND ! (1) Arms sideward and trunk— RAISE'! (2) 
(8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and trunk to the right (L) — 
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk— RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 
12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Jump in place with a turn of 
90 degrees. (3 times to right, 3 to left.) 

8. Breathing exercise. Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

Repeat Lessons 6 and 8. 

LESSON 16. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the left flank— MARCH ! 
To the rear— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! 
Trunk to the right — TURN ! Trunk slightly backward — 
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

3. Arms sideward and right leg backward — RAISE! (1) 
DOWN! (2) Same with left leg (3) DOWN! (4) Same on 
count BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms forward bend and right (L) foot backward — 
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward— FLING ! (2) Arms— BEND ! 
(3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward — RAISE ! Arms upward fling and trunk 
backward— BEND ! (1) Arms forward and trunk— RAISE ! 
(2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward upward raise and trunk to the right — 
(L) — BEND! (1) Arms sideward downward and trunk — 
RAISE ! (2) (Alternately, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Hop forward on right and 
backward on left foot. 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 



B. FOLK DANCES 



Ace of Diamonds, page 159; Tarantella, page 209. 
TANTOLI 




Formation: Double circle. Partners face forward. Join inside 
hands, outside hands on hips. 

Measures 1-8: Heel and toe polka, stamping on polka step. 
(Place L heel on floor in front, hop on R foot {count one-and). Touch 
L toe behind, hop on R (count two-and) then polka step (see "Prac- 
tice Polka"). Repeat to other side. Begin with outside foot. 

Measure 9-15 : With hands on partner's shoulders, step-hop, turn- 
ing R. This may be taken without turning the first time, and with 
turning on the repeat. 

Measure 16: Stamp 3 times. 

Repeat from beginning. 



192 



ALABAMA iMANUAL OF 



COMING THROUGH THE RYE. 

(Music : Old tune of same name.) 

Formation. In circle; partners side by side,' inside hands 
joined, outside hands at waist or holding skirt. Progression 
counter-clock wise. 

Steps. Step and bend ; step-hop and swing. 

1. Step sideward R, L foot step behind R (count one-and) 
Bend knees slightly (count two-and). Repeat L. Step R, 
step L foot behind R, step R, point L in front of R. Repeat all 
to L. 

2. Chorus. Step forward R, swing L foot in front and hop 
R. Repeat L, R, L. Both hands at waist, turn in place with 
4 step swings. Repeat 4 step swings forward. Bow and 
curtsy 4 counts. Repeat whole dance, 

PRACTICE POLKA. 

(Music: "Coming Through the Rye," or any 2-4 music.) 

Formation. Couples side by side with inside hands joined, 
outside hands on hips, facing around circle. 

Polka step. After a preliminary hop on L foot, step for- 
ward with R foot (one) ; close L foot to R foot (and) ; step 
forward again with R foot (two) ; hop on R foot (and) . 
(Meas. 2.) Repeat same, beginning L foot. 

Counts. One-and-two-and. 

1. Polka 3 times forward, starting with foot away frorh 
partner. 

2. Stamp 3 times ; face partner. 

3. Polka 3 times forward, at same time turning toward 
partner, then away, then toward, letting arms swing well back 
then forward and then back. 

4. Clap 3 times; partners face. 

5. Polka 3 times (see number 3.) 

6. Stand still 3 counts (facing partner.) 

7. Point R toe forward, place R elbow in L hand, shake 
finger at partner 3 counts. 

8. Repeat L, 

9. Polka once, each one turning in place with hands on 
hips. 

10. Stamp 3 times. 
Repeat from beginning. 



a 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



193 



THE OSTEND. 

(Music, "The Ostend.") 

Formation; In couples in big circle. (Both start with R 
foot.) 

1. (Hands crossed ''skating position.") Cross step R, cross 
step L. Four step-hops, R, L, R, L. Cross Step R — (Step 
R to R side, step L behind R, step R to R side, hop on R and 
raise L.) 

2. Hands at waist; facing partner). Cross step R (mov- 
ing away from partner.) Cross step L (moving back to place) 
R hands joined (high.) Four step-hops R, L, R, L, (moving 
around big circle to L.) 'Finish in original position. 

Repeat from beginning. 

VIRGINIA REEL. 

(Music, Any old-fashioned lively tune.) 

Pupils in two lines, several feet part. If there are more 
than twelve, have two or more sets. One end of set is called 
the head, the other the foot. 

Head 
1 2 
1 2 
1 2 
1 2 
1 2 
1 2 

Foot 

Fig 1. Head No. 1 and foot No. 2 go toward each other and 
back to places, then head No. 2 and foot No. 1. Note : In fig- 
ures 2, 3, 4 and 5, the head and foot couples work diagonally 
as described in figure 1. 

Fig. 2. Head No. 1 and foot No. 2 join R hands, turn and 
return to places. Opposite ends same. 

Fig. 3. Join L hands, turn and return to places. 

Fig. 4. Turn with both hands joined. 

Fig. 5. Back around each other, "do-si-do." 

Fig. 6. "Cast off." Head couple join R hands and tu;-n 
half way around, No. 1 joining L hand with the second No. 2 
and No. 2 with the second No. 1. Continue down the set, 



7 Ft. 



(194) 



head couple swinging with the R hand after each time of 
swinging one in the line. When foot of set is reached, head 
couple join both hands and skip sidewise to head of set. 

Fig. 7. Countermarch. Each line marches with No. 1 and 
Mo. 2 of head couple leading, outside of set and down to foot, 
where head couple form an arch with both hands and all oth- 
ers pass under. This brings the second couple at head and 
leaves head couple at foot. Continue if desired until all 
couples have been head couples. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P,, Playground ; R, Room. 

1. Balance Tag. 

2. Center Base, 

3. Chariot Race. 

4. Every Man in His Own Den. 

5. Hook Arm Tag. 

6. Poison, 

7. Prisoner's Base. 

8. Pin Football 

9. Ball Passing Relay. 

10. Blackboard Relay. 

11. Forward Bend* Relay. 

12. Forward Sprint Relay. 

BALANCE TAG. (R.) 

One player is selected to be a runner and another, the 
chaser. Each of them puts a bean bag on his head and must 
keep it there while running without touching it with hands. 
The players run up and down the aisles and when the runner 
wants to stop running he puts the bean bag on some one else's 
head and that person becomes the runner. 

CENTER BASE. (R.) 

All the players are seated except one, who, while standing 
by the desk in the center of the room (the desk should be 
marked on top with chalk to distinguish it), tosses the bean- 
bag to some other player. That player must catch the bean- 
bag and put it on the center desk and quickly chase the one 
who threw it. The thrower tries to get back to the center 
base and touch the bean-bag without being tagged. If he 
succeeds in this he goes to his seat and the game is repeated 
with the other players throwing the bean-bag. If he is tag- 
ged before touching the bean-bag he throws again and the 
chaser returns to his seat. See that those sitting keep their 
feet out of aisles. 

CHARIOT RACE. (P.) 

Three players with joined hands make a team. Teams race 
between convenient points. A straight-away course is pre- 
ferred, with starting and finishing lines. Teams may race 



196 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



two by two, and then winners race. Carefully observe rule of 
beginning the race from behind the starting line. On a May 
day or gala day it will add to the festivity of the occasion to 
have bright colored ribbons (torn from cheese cloth) held by 
the two outside "horses" and by a fourth player who acts as 
driver. 

EVERY MAN IN HIS OWN DEN. (P.) 

Each player marks out for himself a den 2 or 3 feet in 
diameter. These dens should be as far apart as they can 
have them in the playing space. They start on the plan of 
"Prison Base," trying to make prisoners of one another, but 
if one is captured he must join his captor in the game in- 
stead of being a prisoner. The main rule of prison base ap- 
plies ; for example, if players 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 leave their dens 
in the order of the numbers, player 1 can be caught by any 
of the others and player 6 can tag any or all of the others he 
can reach ; but as soon as player 1 touches his own den again, 
that makes him able to tag" any of the others. The play be- 
gins by the players "making dares" to induce their opponents 
from their dens ; as they are captured they form fewer and 
stronger groups, until finally, there are two groups of about 
equal strength or one group that rapidly captures all the rest. 
That player who, with his captives finally captures all the 
rest wins. 

HOOK ARM TAG. (P.) 

Formation, circle : Players paired, inside arms hooked at 
elbows, outside hands on hips. Two players are in center, one 
is "IT." The other one is chased by 'TT' 'and runs about cir- 
cle, either inside or out, and may hook the elbow of any 
player. The player he catches, holds fast to him, and the 
third one (the one at the other end) is then the one to be 
chased. If "IT" tags the player chased before he can hook 
an arm, the latter chases "IT", or some one set free by "IT" 
and the game continues. 

POISON. (P. R.) 

A circle is marked on the floor or ground considerably 
smaller than another circle formed by the players, clasping 
hands, each player tries, by pulling or pushing, to induce the 
others to step within the smaller circle, but endeavors to keep 
out of it himself. Anyone who touches the ground within the 
inner circle, if only with one foot, is said to be poisoned. As 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



197 



soon as this happens, the player or players so poisoned be- 
come catchers ; the other players shout "POISONED," and 
at once break the circle and run for safety, which consists in 
standing on wood. The merest chip will answer, and growing 
things are not counted wood. 

PRISONER'S BASE. 

Two bases of large size and two prisons should be marked 
out. Choose sides of equal number and have them occupy 
bases. The object of the game is to make prisoners of the 
opponents. The special rule of play is that any player can tag 
and thus capture any player of the opposing side who left his 
base earlier, that is, the player who has been away from his 
base longest can be tagged by any opponent who has not 
been away so long. The only ways to escape being tagged are 
to run so fast that no opponent can catch you or to go back 
to your base. When one is tagged, the tagger can take his 
prisoner to prison without being captured. If a player of 
the same side as a prisoner can tag him before being tagged 
by the opponents, he may take him home without being cap- 
tured. The success of the game depends much on the size 
of bases and prisons and their location and distance apart. 
Anyone caught before reaching safety, or in changing places 
afterward, joins the catchers. 

PIN FOOTBALL. 

The game is played with a soccer football. Draw two con- 
centric circles of about five (5) feet and thirty (30) feet in 
diameter at each end of a playing area. A circle for the 
purpose of jumping is marked out in the center of the playing 
area to be three (3) feet in diameter. Five Indian clubs are 
placed in the smaller circles at each end of the area. Divide 
the players into two (2) teams, one team at each end pro- 
tecting its clubs. The captains may place the number he sees 
fit. 

Start the game by tossing up the ball between two oppo- 
nents who are standing in the center circle and facing their 
opponents clubs. When the ball has reached its highest point 
the players jump and bat the ball into their oppents' terri- 
tory. After this the ball must be advanced by kicking, each 
team trying to kick over their opponents' Indian clubs. A 
kick made from outside the larger circle, scores two points 
for the kicking side, for each club which is knocked down. 
Whenever the ball is kicked into or across the larger circle, 



(198) 



the attacking side, that is, the side which made the kick, 
is given a free kick from any point on the larger circle ; the 
defending players remain in the rear half of the larger circle 
until the ball is kicked, then they may rush forward, and try 
to prevent the ball from hitting the clubs. The attacking 
members must remain outside the larger circle. One point 
is given for each club which is knocked down from a free 
kick. If the ball is secured, within the larger circle, by a 
member of the attacking side, he may throw it at the Indian 
clubs, the defending players preventing the throw if pos- 
sible. The attacking players may pass the ball to each other, 
in order to make a better throw. The ball may be thrown 
by either team after it enters the larger circle. Each club 
which is knocked down from a throw counts one point. 

The team wins which secures the greatest number of 
points at the end of a definite period. 

BALL PASSING RELAY. (R.) 

(Use an eraser). All boys spread legs. First one in column 
passes some object back between legs to the next boy who 
passes it on. When last one in column has recovered it they 
kneel down, and he runs forward astradle the other boys to 
the head of the column. The others quickly rise and the ob- 
ject is passed back between legs, etc., until all have carried 
it forward. 

BLACKBOARD RELAY. (R.) 

Arrange the pupils so that there will be equal numbers in 
each row. At the signal "GO" the first player in each row 
runs to the board, takes the chalk, makes a mark (which was 
previously agreed to) replaces the chalk and returns touching 
the next pupil in his row and so on. 

FORWARD BEND RELAY. (P. R.) 

No. 1, on each team, runs forward to goal with body bent 
forward, hands hanging below knees, returns upright on the 
sprint, and tags No. 2. Continue until all have run. 

FORWARD SPRINT RELAY« (P. R.) 

First player, on each team, with handkerchief in hand ,runs 
down to or around a given point and returns to starting line. 
Second player receives handkerchief at starting line, repeats 
the run and brings handkerchief back to third player. Con- 
tinue until all have run. They must receive handkerchief back 
of starting line. 



JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

SECOND YEAR 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson. 
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year Jun- 
ior High. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class right— FACE! Right about— FACE! Forward 
—MARCH! Column left— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward — RAISE ! (Raising the arms 
slowly, arching the back.) (10 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! 
Arms forward and right knee forward — STRETCH !(1) Arms 
and knee— BEND! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(10 countsf for right, 10 for left.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE ! 
Arms sideward stretch and heels — RAISE !(1) Arms bend and 
heels— DOWN! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Trunk forward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet — CLOSE! Trunk to right 
— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN! (2) To the left— TURN !(3) 
Forward— TURN! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Jump with left foot crossed 
in front of right (1) Feet apart (2) Right foot crossed in front 
of left. (3) Feet apart (4). Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (32 counts.) 

(8.) Breathing exercise : Arms forward — BEND ! Arms 
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and 
slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Class right— DRESS! FRONT! Forward— MARCH. 
By the left flank— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! Head 
backward— BEND! (1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! 
Arms sideward and knee forward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) 



t Since there are two counts to each unit this means five units. 



202 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Same on count—BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts to right, 
10 to left.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms upward— STRETCH !(1) 
BEND!(2) Sideward— STRETCH! (3) BEND!(4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL! 
Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times to right, 8 
to left.) 

6. Right (L) hand on hip and left (R) hand on neck — 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— BEND 1(1) RAISE !(2) (8 
times to right, 8 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! (2) 
Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Class two steps forward — MARCH! Right about— 
FACE ! Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE !(2) Arch the back. (10 times.) 

3. Arms forward bend and right knee upward — BEND ! 
Arms sideward fling and knee forward — STRETCH !(1) Arms 
and knee— BEND !(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(10 counts to right, 10 to left.) 

4. Arms sideward raise and left leg forward — LUNGE! 
Double arm circumduction backward on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck— PLACE! Right (L) leg forward— 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Give slowly. (8 times to right, 8 to 
left.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — :PLACE!(1) Trunk to the 
right (L)— TURN!(2) Forward— TURN ! (3) POSITION !(4) 
(6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — -PLACE! Jump with a right turn of 
180 degrees, (3 times to right, 3 to left.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale, (8 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 2. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



203 



LESSON 5. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the right flanl^— 
MARCH! To the rear— MARCH ! By the left flank— 
MARCH! etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left leg forward — RAISE! Right 
heel— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count— BEGIN, 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.). 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms sideward— STRETCH ! 
(1) BEND! (2) Downward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same 
on count BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward raise and right foot forward- — PLACE ! 
(1) Arms sideward and trunk forward — BEND! (2) Arms and 
trunk— RAISE! (3) POSITION !(4) (10 times for right, 10 
for left.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times to right. 8 to 
left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts each.) 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 6. 

1. Left— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! Column right— 
MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on week and left (R) foot forward— PLACE ! 
Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and heels— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc, (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward, right arm 
sideward and right foot sideward — PLACE !(1) Arms bend and 
foot REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward — 
LUNGE !(1) Trunk forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE !(3) POSI- 
TION! (4) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Left (R) knee upward — BEND ! Grasp knee with both 
hands and press it toward chesty keep trunk erect. (8 times 
for left, 8 for right.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) foot backward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (12 counts for left, 12 for right.) 



204 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



8. Breathing exercise. Arms forward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (10 
times.) 

LESSON 7. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the left flank— MARCH ! 
Class— HALT ! Right about— FACE 1 etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms forward upward fling and right (L) knee upward 
— BEND!(1) POSITION 1(2) Same, alternately, on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left leg sideward — LUNGE !(1) 
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left — BEND !(2) Arms 
bend and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION i (4) Same, alter- 
nately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left foot forward — PLACE! 
(1) Trunk to the right— TURN ! (2) Forward— TURN ! (3) 
POSITION! (4) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Hands on neck— PLACE! Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

Repeat Lessons 5 and 6. 

LESSON 9. 

1. Class right— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! Column right 
—MARCH! To the rear— MARCH ! Class— HALT! 

2. Arms sidcAvard raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Head 
backward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms forward — BEND ! Arms sideward fling and heels 
— RAISE !(1) Arms bend and heels— DOWN ! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND!(1) Arms bend 
and trunk— RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
upward fhng and trunk to the right (L)— BEND!(1) Arms 
downward and trunk — RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Left (R) leg backward— 
RAISE! Hop on right foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(10 counts to left, 10 to right.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



205 



7. Breathing exercises : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! By 
the right flank— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and feet — CLOSE ! Left (R) leg side- 
ward— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward upward fling and knees — BEND!(1) 
Arms sideward downward and knees — STRETCH! (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2,, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times.) 

6. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) foot forward and 
left (R) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! (2) 
Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Breathing exercises : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms down and slowly exhale: (8 times.) 

LESSON IL 

1. Class right about— FACE ! Forward— MARCH ! To the 
rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward— PLACE ! 
Trunk sHghtly backward— BEND ! (1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! (1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms sideward upward raise 
and knees — BEND !(1) Arms sideward downward and knees — 
STRETCH !(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet — CLOSE ! Trunk forward — 
BEND!(1) RAISE!(2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
sideward stretch and trunk to the right (L) — TURN !(1) Arms 
bend and trunk forward — TURN! (2) (Alternate, 10 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Jump with 
left foot crossed in front of right — (1) Feet apart (2) Jump 
v/ith right foot crossed in front of left — (3) Feet apart — (4) 



206 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Same jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! l-2-3r4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (32 counts.) 
8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

Repeat Lessons 7 and 9. 

LESSON 13. 

L Class right face and f orward—MARCH ! Class— HALT! 
Forward— MARCH ! Fours right— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward—RAISE ! Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward — BEND ! 
Arms upward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward, right arm 
sideward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Same, alternately, on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward— BEND ! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
RAISE! (2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) (6 
times.) 

6. Arms sideward upward — RAISE! Trunk to the right 
=-BEND!(l) RAISE !(2) To the left— BEND !(3) RAISE !(4) 
(6 times.) 

7. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms sideward stretch and feet 
sideward — PLACE !(1) Arms bend and feet together — 

PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and inhale. 
Arms sideward downward and exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 14. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! Class 
—HALT! etc. 

2. Arms sideward and chest slowly— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 
(2) (10 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward— RAISE !(1) 
Trunk slightly forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! 
(4) Same, alternately on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward — 
LUNGE !(1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk forward — 
BEND!(2) Arms bend and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION! 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



207 



(4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4. 
etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to the left (R)— TURN!(1) Forward !TURN ! (2) (Al- ^ 
ternate, 12 times.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE ! On hips— PLACE ! Arms up- 
ward BEND ! POSITION ! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) Arch 
the back (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward — BEND ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Knee forward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Same on 
count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms upward stretch and heels 
— RAISE !(1) Arms bend and heels— DOWN 1(2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk forward— BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms forward bend and left foot forward — PLACE! 
Arms sideward fHng and trunk to the right— TURN !(1) Arms 
bend and trunk forward — TURN! (2) (Alternate, 12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Jump in place with a 90 de- 
gree turn, left and right. (3 times to left, 3 to right.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
.slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 

(8 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

L Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION ! Arms sideward— RAISE ! POSITION ! Quick changes. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 
(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward— RAISE !(1) 
POSITION! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 



(208) 



4. Arms upward — BEND! Left arm upward and right 
arm forward— STRETCH !(1) Arms— BEND !(2) Same alter- 
Jiately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward — PLACE 1 
Trunk- backward— BEND! (1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left foot forward — PLACE !(1) 
Trunk to the right (L)— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! 
(4) (Alternate, 6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (6 times.) 



B. FOLK DANCES 

Sailor's Hornpipe, page 177. 




210 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



TARANTELLA 

INTRODUCTION. 

A. 

Measure 1-14: Beginning with the right foot, and making two 
steps to a measure, all run forward around the room and up the center 
in a straight column. 

Measure 15: Partners face each other, and run in place. 

Measure 16: Partners make salutation to one another; No. 2 
touches the right toe across behind the left foot and bends knees, 
making a deep curtsy, at the same time extending both arms and rais- 
ing them slightly to the side. 

1 B. 

Measure 1-2 : Beginning with the right foot, all run forward four 
steps, keeping to the right in passing partners. 

Measure 3-4: With four running steps turn around to the right 
in place, and face partner. 

Measure 5-6: With four running steps all cross over again, keep- 
ing to the right in passing partners. 

Measure 7-8: With four running steps turn around to the right 
in place, and face partner. 

2 C. 

Measure 1 : Hop on L foot and at same time touch R toe across 
in front of L (one and), hop on L foot and touch R toe at side (two 
and) . 

Measure 2-4: Continue. 

Measure 5-8: Repeat with L foot. 

Measure 9-16 : Bend toward partner and slide around in a circle^ 
twice to L. L foot leading and R following. Keep heads close to- 
gether. 

3 A. 

Measure 1: Hop on R foot and touch L forward (one and), 
hop on L and touch R forward (two and). 
Measure 2-8: Continue. 

Measure 9-16 : Slide around in circle as at close of preceding fig- 
ure. 

4 B. 

Measure 1 : With a spring, make a quarter turn to R landing 
with L toe forward, rise on toes (one and), sink heels (two and). 

Measure 2: With a spring make a half turn to the L landing 
with R toe forward, rise on toes (one and), sink heels (two and). 

Measure 3-8: Continue turning alternately R and L, a half turn 
always. 

C. 

Measure 1-8 : Continue above, keep face toward partner. 

Measure 9-16: Cross R arm under partner's R arm and placing 
L hand behind own waist grasp partner's R hand with it. Raise L 
foot backward and hopping twice on R foot to each measure, circle 
around with partner and back to original places. 

INTERLUDE. 

A. 

Measure 1-6: In double column, all run forward, ones lead 
around room to L, twos to R, then back to original places. 

5 B. 

Measure 1-8: Same as 1-8 of first figure. 

The first two couples now form a set, the next two and so on. 

Measure 1-8: Same as 1-8 of second figure. 

Measure 9-16. Same as 9-16 of second figure but incline to center 
of set. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



211 



7 A. 

Measure 1-8 : Same as Measure 1-8 of third fi^re. • 
Measure 9-16: Same as Measure 9-16 of sixth figure. 

8 B. 

Sam.e as 1-8 of fourth figure but in sets of four. 

Measure 1-8. With left arms raised slightly higher than shoulder- 
level, first No. 1 and second No. 2, and second No. 1 and first No. 2, 
join right hands across, center of square. Raise the left foot back- 
ward, and hop on the right foot forward and around in a circle mak- 
ing two hops to each measure, the whole set swinging twice around. 

Measure 9-16. All face the other way, join hands across center 
of square, and, hopping on left foot swing the whole set twice around 
in the other direction. Finish on the last note with partners side by 
side as in the original formation. 

CONCLUSION. 

A. 

Measure 1-16. In double-column, all run forward around the room 
and off. 

The whole exercise is very light and exuberant. Toward the end 
the music should be accelerated, so that the last turn is almost a whirl 
and the conclusion is quick and bright. 



CHIMES OF DUNKIRK 




a. Children are in a circle, each facing a partner. Clap hands 
three times, tap floor three times, then join hands with partner, and 
turn to the left once and a half around, so that when each child leaves 
his partner he will meet a new one, with whom he repeats the clap- 
ping, tapping, and turning. Each child in going around the circle 
continues in the same direction in which he was facing when the dance 
began. 

b. Children are in a circle in marching order. Clap three times, 
tap three times, walk forward around the circle four steps, then turn 
and walk the other way four steps. Repeat clapping and tapping, and 
advance first in the new direction, then turn and go the other way. 

c. Clap three times (facing center), join hands and advance to- 
ward center four steps and retreat. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND REL AY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. Dodge Ball. 

2. Circle Tag. 

3. Curtain Ball. 

4. Fill the Gap. 

5. Hindo Tag. 

6. Forward Sprint Relay Race, page 198. 

7. Hold Hop Relay. 

8. Shoe Circle Relay. 

9. Pass Ball Relay, page 198. 

10. Potato Relay. 

11. Wheelbarrow Relay. 

DODGE BALL. (P.) 

Circle, two in the center : A light inflated ball (soccer, vol- 
ley, basketball) is throAvn by a pupil outside the circle in an 
attempt to hit the players inside the circle. When one of the 
players in the center is hit, he takes the place of the one who 
threw the ball. 

CIRCLE TAG. (P.) 

Formation, Circle. Draw a circle about four feet in diame- 
ter on the ground around which the players form a circle, 
facing in, Avith arms locked about the shoulders. At signal 
"GO" all pull, trying to make some player step into the circle. 
Any player who steps into the circle loses a point for his 
team, or he may be made to withdraw from game. 

CURTAIN BALL. (P.) 

A ball is thrown back and forth over a curtain which con- 
ceals the opposing players from each other. The ball should 
not be allowed to touch the ground, and counts a score for 
the opponents whenever it does so. One or more balls may be 
used, according to the number of pupils taking part. 

Do not use outside boundaries for this game. Divide the 
ground into two equal parts by an opaque curtain eight feet 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



213 



in height, strung on a rope or wire by the use of side sup- 
ports. The curtain should touch the ground, so that there 
is no means of seeing the opposite players. Each side should 
select an umpire, who should stand at one end of the curtain 
on the opponents side, where he can see and keep score. 

Whenever the ball touches the ground the opponents score 
one point. The side which first scores twenty-one points wins. 

FILL THE GAP. (P. R.) 

Formation-Circle. "U" runs around the outside of the 
circle and strikes anyone of the players on the back. The 
player who has been struck becomes "IT." He chases the 
'one who struck him, in the reverse direction around the circle. 
If "IT" touches the player chased before he gets back to the 
gap the chased player becomes "IT" again. If not, "IT" slaps 
someone else on the back, etc. 

HINDU TAG. (P. R.) 

Formation ; seated in limited playing area. One player is 
*TT." Fie chases players about and may tag anyone who is 
not in a safe position, (both knees and forehead on the 
ground.) Players ought not to remain in one place, but should 
move about. The last player tagged is 'TT." Players should 
not go out of playing area. 

HOLD HOP RELAY. (P. R.) 

Hold one foot in hand, hop on other to a given point, return 
in same way except for changing feet. 

SHOE CIRCLE RELAY. (P.) 

Formation, Columns of files. First player runs out to circle 
(about 50 feet in front) and takes ofif one shoe, leaving it in 
circle, and returns to starting line touching ofif second player. 
Second player runs out to circle, takes off one shoe, leaving it 
in circle, and carries back the shoe of the first player to start- 
ing line, touching ofif a third player. All the players following 
do the same. When the last one in column has run out to 
circle, taken ofif his shoe, and returned with the next-to-last- 
man's-shoe, he touches ofi:* any one selected from his team 
(fastest) to go out and return with the last shoe. 



(214) 



POTATO RELAY. (P.) 

Mark a starting line near one side of an open playing space ; 
6 feet from it makes a circle 20 inches in diameter, and at in- 
tervals of 3 feet from the circle and beyond it mark from 6 to 
10 crosses, depending on the size of the room. In the circle 
place as many potatoes, erasers or blocks of wood as there are 
crosses. This is the outfit for one runner ; provide as many 
as. room and time allow. The players can do this quickly by 
organizing the work. At the signal each player who is to run 
starts forward from starting line, takes "potato" from the 
circle and places it on a cross, returns and gets another and 
places it likewise and continues until all are placed ; then he 
returns to the starting line. The first to cross the starting 
h°ne after doing his work is the winner. 

WHEELBARROW RELAY. (P. R.) 

Divide the class into several teams, have each team line up 
m parallel lines: first person walks on hands, second person 
carrying his feet, advance to a given point and person doing 
the wheeling leaves his wheelbarrow and runs back and gets 
down to be the wheelbarrow for the next person in his team, 
continue until all have wheeled across the line. 



JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

THIRD YEAR 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson. 
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of 1st year Junior 
High. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! Right— 
FACE! Left— FACE! About— FACE! etc. 

2. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Palms upward turn and head 
backward — BEND!(1) Palms downward turn and head — 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward— BEND ! Left leg sideward— RAISE !(1) 
DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)t 

4. Arms sideward upward and heels — RAISE ! Arms side- 
ward, downward and heels — DOWN! (2) Same on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward— BEND ! Trunk forward— BEND ! (1) 
Trunk— RAISE! (2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) Arms— 
BEND! (4) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise an^ left (R) leg sideward — 
LUNGE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)— BEND! (2) RAISE! (3) 
POSITION! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! 
(2) Same, alternately, * jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN ! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Hands on hips— PLACE! On neck— PLACE! POSI- 
TION ! Arms upward— BEND ! POSITION ! (Quick changes.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.) 



^ Wherever used, "alternately" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left, 
t Since there are four counts to each unit, this means eight units 



218 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) ieg forward— 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms forward— STRETCH ! 
(1) BEND!(2) Forward— STRETCH! (3) BEND!(4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — -PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) To the right— BEND ! (3) 
RAISE! (4) (6 times forward and to right, 6 backward and to 
left). 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE !(1) 
Together — PLACE! (2) Same jumping on the toes, on count— 
BEGIN; 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, heels up 
high behind, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward— PLACE ! 
Trunk slightly backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (Arch the 
back.) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward—RAISE !(1) 
DOWN !(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts 
for left, 10 for right.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Right arms upward— 
STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Left arm upward— STRETCH ! (3) 
BEND! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1=2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 
counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and feet — CLOSE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) Repeat slowly. (10 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward— PLACE ! Trunk 
to the left (R)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate 
12 times.) 

7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms sideward downward and feet together— 
PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. Hands on hips^ — PLACE! Slowly 
inhale and exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 2. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



21S 



LESSON 5. 

1. Forward— MARCH ! By the right flank— M ARCH ! To 
the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND 
RAISE ! (2) Give slowly (8 times.) 

3. Arms forward upward and left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH 
BEND!(2) Sideward— STRETCH! (3) BEND!(4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE ! 
(1) Trunk forward— BEND! (2) Trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSI^ 
TI0N!(4) (Alternate 24 counts.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to the right 
(L) BEND! (1) (Touching the fingers to floor) RAISE! (2) 
(Alternate 6 times.) 

7. Jump with 180 degree turn right (L) (3 times ta right, 
3 to left.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 6. 

1. Arms sideward— RAISE ! POSITION! Hands on neck 
—PLACE ! On hips— PLACE, etc. (Quick changes.) 

2. Arms upward— BEND! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE !(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck— PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
(1) Arms sideward— STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND !(3) Arms 
upward— STRETCH ! (4) Arms— BEND !(5) POSITION !(6) 
Same alternately on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3=4=5-6, 
etc. (20 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (10 times.) 

6. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk to the right— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) To the Mt^ 
BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! (2) 
Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count— -BEGIN 1 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 



220 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.) 

LESSON 7. 

1. Right— FACE! About— FACE! Left— FACE! etc. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Left (R) leg forward— 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same alternately on count— BEGIN! 
1-2,1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward — RAISE! Double arm circumduction 
forward (backward) on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and feet — CLOSE ! Trunk to the 
right— TURN! (1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the left— TURN! 
(3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Arms sideward and heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— BEND ! 

(2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) POSITION !(4) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

Repeat Lessons 5 and 6. 

LESSON 9. 

1. Class mark time— MARCH ! Forward— MARCH ! To the 
rear— MARCH! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck — PLACE! Trunk slightly backward — 
BEND!(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward and left leg forward — RAISE !(1) 
DOWN! (2) Arms sideward and right leg forward— RAISE I 

(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— RAISE !(1) Sideward— FLING 1(2) 
Forward— FLING! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL! 
Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times to right, 
6 to left.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



221 



6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
sideward fling and trunk to the right (L) — BEND! (1) Arms 
forward bend and trunk— RAISE ! (2) (Alternate, 10 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
Heels— RAISE ! ( 1 ) Knees— BEND ! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! 
(3) Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (6 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Right— FACE! Left FACE! Hands on neck— PLACE! 
On hips — PLACE! etc. (Quick changes.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 

(2) (10 times.) 

3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg forward— RAISE !(1) 
DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms upward— STRETCH !(1) 
BEND! (2) Sideward— STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Forward— 
STRETCH !(5) BEND!(6) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (36 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk to the right 
(L)— BEND!(1) RAISE(2) (Alternate 12 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Heels— RAISE ! ( 1 ) Knees— BEND ! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! 

(3) Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arme forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly ex- 
hale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 11. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the right flank— 
MARCH! By the left flank— MARCH ! To the rear— 
MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Arms forward upward and left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE !(1) Arms and leg— DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



222 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward and right arm 
sideward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Right arm upward and 
left arm sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND (4) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) leg forward — 
LUNGE!(1) Trunk forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE!(3) POSI- 
TION! (4) (6 times each.) 

6. Left (R) hand on hip and right (L) arm sideward — 
RAISE! Trunk to the right— BEND !(1) Trunk— RAISE 1(2) 
(6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Arms sideward — RAISE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(16 counts each.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale.) (10 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

1. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot backward 
—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! 

(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward — RAISE! 
Trunk forward— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) (3 times for left, 3 
for right.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND 1 

(3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1=2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) leg,' slowly forward 
—RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6, times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE !(1) 
Together— PLACE! (2) Left (R) foot forward and right (L) 
foot backward— PLACE! (3) Together— PLACE ! (4) Same, al- 
ternately, jumping on toes, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (32 counts J 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise and 
. slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 

(8 times.) 

LESSON 13. 

Repeat Lessons 7 and 9. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



223 



LESSON 14. 

1. Hands on hips— PLACE! On neck— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Right— FACE! Left— FACE! etc. 

2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE! 
Head backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE! Trunk forward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (3 times for 
left, 3 for right.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! 
(1) Arms upward— STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND !(3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1=2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) leg, slowly for- 
ward— RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for right, 6 for left.) 

6. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

7. Arms sideward raise and right (L) knee upward— 
BEND ! Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc, 
(16 counts for right, 16 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Hands on hips — -PLACE! Hop forward^ on right foot 
and backward on left. 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2). 

3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg backward— -RAISE ! 
Trunk forward—BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for left, 4 for 
right.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg sideward— LUNGE ! 
(1) Arms sideward— STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND !(3) POSI- 
TION !(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc, (16 
counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward iraise and feet sideward— 
PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on neck— PLACE! Right (L) leg sideward— 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for right, 6 for left.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Running in place, on count 
—BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale, (8 times.) 

LESSON 16. 

1. Right— FACE! Class f orward=-MARCH ! Class-=- 
HALT! etc. Quick changes. 



(224) 



2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
slightly backward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and right (L) leg forward — RAISE !(1) 
POSITION! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— FLING ! (2) Arms (to horizontal) 
— D0WN!(3) POSITION !(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
backward— BEND !(1) RAISE ! (2) , 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot backward — 
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)— TURN!(1) Forward— 
TURN! (2) (alternately, 6 times.) 

7. Arms sideward upward fling and feet sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms sideward downward and feet together — 
PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 
8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (6 times.) 



B. FOLK DANCES 



Pop Goes the Weasel, page 127; Practice Polka, page 192; 
Virginia Reel, page 193. 



iNTIIODUOmN. 



MAY POLE DANCE 



i 



-I^ — ^ 



Danoe. 







^^^^^ 












2 


1 

3 










■a^ ! 


\ 




li— 



i 



r3 



10 11 



4 — 4— i- 



12 




PE 



(226) 




Formation: Double circle around May-pole. All face forward 
around circle, inside hands joined and held high, outside hands holding 
skirts. Number couples off in threes. 

Measures 1-8: Partners move around circle twelve skip-steps. 
Form large circle; inside partner turning in place, outside moving 
by her side. Finish facing center, all hands joined in one large circle. 

Measures 9-10: Forward four skip-steps, heads well up. 

Measures 11-12 : Backward four skip-steps. 

Measures 13-16 : Repeat forward and backward. 

Measures 17-24: Join right hands with partner and turn in places 
sixteen skip-steps. Hold skirts wjth left hand. Finish in double 
circle, partners facing each other. 

Measures 1-2: Hold skirts with both hands and polka to right 
side, point left foot diagonally forward and touch left toe behind 
right heel. 

Measures 3-4: Repeat left, pointing right toe forward and in 
back. 

Measures 5-8: Repeat right and left. 

Measures 9-16: Joint right hands with partner and turn with 
eight polka steps. Finish in single circle. 

Measures 17-24: All join hands and skip four steps to center and 
four back to place, and repeat. 

Measures 1-2 : Couples No. 1 ; skip four steps to center with part- 
ner and each take a ribbon in her right hand. 

Measures 3-4 : Return to place with four skip-steps. 

Measures 5-8: Couples No. 2 the same. , 

Measures 9-12 : Couples No. 3 the same. 

Measures 13-16: All face partners and wait in place. 

Measures 17-24: Chain (grand right and left) around pole six- 
teen skip-steps. Start passing with , right shoulders together. Hold 
skirts with left hand, ribbon in right hand. 

Measures 1-8: All forward four* skip-steps and drop ribbons. 
Backward four skip-steps to position, all joining hands. Repeat step 
forward and backward. 

Measures 9-24: All skip eight steps to left, eight steps to right 
and continue; leader leading circle away from the May-pole. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. Bull in the Ring. 

2. Dodge Ball, page 179. 

3. Jumping Circle. 

4. Pass Round. 

5. Tug of War. 

6. Hold Hop Relay, page 213. 

7. Forward Sprint Relay, page 164. 

BULL IN THE RING. (P. R.) 

Formation — Circle, holding hands. One pupil, who is term- 
ed the Bull, is placed in the center. . If there are more than 
twenty-five men in the ring, have two bulls. The bull tries to 
break out by charging the ring so that the clasped hands are 
forced apart. If the bull gets out, the player to the left of the 
gap becomes bull. 

JUMPING CIRCLE. (P.) 

Formation — Circle about 20 feet in diameter. One player 
in center holding a light rope about fifteen feet long with a 
soft weight on one end. Player in center swings rope 
around so that players in circle have to jump it. Player fail- 
ing to jump rope has a point counted against his team ; or he 
may be made to w^ithdraw from the game. 

PASS ROUND. (R.) 

Formation — Circle, players about four feet apart. Players 
number oft, odds forming one team, evens the other. A ball, 
hat or some object is given each team on opposite sides of 
the circle. At a signal the teams pass the objects to the right 
to members of the same team only. Each player must catch 
the object in his turn. Team which passes its object so that 
it catches up with opponents, wins. Pupil dropping the object 
must regain it himself and pass it on fairly. 



(228) 



TUG OF WAR. (P. R.) 

Divide the pupils into two equal sides each holding half of a 
strong rope about thirty feet in length. Tie a handkerchief 
in the center of the rope. All the players on both sides grasp 
the rope strongly, holding it so that the handkerchief stands 
at first just above a half-way joint marked with chalk on the 
floor. On signal they all pull as hard as possible and the 
side wins which pulls and holds the handkerchief over on their 
side of the line 



SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

FIRST YEAR 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson. 
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of 1st year Junior 
High. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the right flank— 
MARCH! To the rear— MARCH ! By the left flank— 
MARCH ! etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward — RAISE ! Right 
(L) heel— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately * on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts. )t 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Arms sideward— STRETCH ! 
(1) BEND!(2) Downward— STRETCH! (3) BEND!(4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and right (L) foot forward 
— PLACE !(1) Arms sideward and trunk forward 
—BEND! (2) Arms and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION 1(4) 
(6 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward— PLACE ! Trunk to 
the right— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) To the left— BEND !(3) 
RAISE! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (6 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Left— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! Column right— 
MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Chest RAISE!(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and heels— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same 
on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 



* Wherever used, "alternately" refers to alternation of exercises 
from right to left, 
t Since there are two counts to the unit, this means 12 units. 



232 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms upward — ^BEND ! Left arm upward, right arm 
sideward and right foot sideward — PLACE !(1) Arms bend 
and foot — REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on count — BE- 
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward — -LUNGE! 
(1) Trunk forward— =B END! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) 
(Alternate 6 times.) 

6. Left (R) knee upward— BEND ! Grasp knee with both 
hands and press it toward chest, keep trunk erect. (4 times 
for left, 4 for right.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) leg backward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward raise and slowly in- 
hale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale, (8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the left flank— MARCH ! 
Class— HALT! Right about— FACE! etc. 

2. Hands on hips — PLACE! Trunk slightly backward — 
BEND!(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms forward upward fling and right (L) knee upward — 
BEND!(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2,1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg sideward — LUNGE ! 

(1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left (R)— BEND ! 

(2) Arms bend and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, 
ahernately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 
counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL ! 
Trunk backv/ard— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (4 times to right. 
4 to left.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward— 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(1) Forward— 
TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

1. Class right— FACE! Forward— MARCH 1 Column right 
—MARCH! To the rear— MARCH! Class— HALT! etc. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



233 



2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Head 
backward— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms forward — BEND ! Arms sideward fling and heels 
—RAISE! (1) Arms bend and heels— DOWN ! (2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2,1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— FLING ! (2) Arms (to horizontal) 
DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND!(1) Arms bend 
.md trunk— RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
upward fling and trunk to the right (L) — TURN!(1) Arms 
down (to horizontal) and trunk forwar^d — ^TURN!(2) (6 times 
to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot backward — 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) . 

LESSON 5. 

Repeat lesscrns 1 and 2, 

LESSON 6. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! By 
the right flank— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND ! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and feet — CLOSE! Left (R) leg side- 
ward— RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward upward fling and knees — BEND!(1) 
Arms sideward downward and knees — STRETCH! (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (8 times.) 

6. Hands on. hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sidcAvard — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Feet together — 
PLACE !(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 



234 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



LESSON 7. 

1. Class right about— FACE! Forward— MARCH ! To 
the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck — PLACE! Head backward bend and 
chest— RAISE !(1) Head raise and chest— DOWN ! (2) (6 
times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND!(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 
1-2,1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward and feet sideward — PLACE !(1) Arms 
upward— FLING! (2) Arms ( to horizontal)— DOWN ! (3) PO- 
SITION 1(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 
counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet — CLOSE ! Trunk forward — 
BEND!(1) RAISE!(2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
sideward stretch and trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(1) 
Arms bend and trunk forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 8 
times.) 

7. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Jump with 
left foot crossed in front of right — (1) Feet part — (2) Jump 
with right foot crossed in front of left — (3) Feet apart — (4) 
Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2-3-4 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

1. Class right face and forward — MARCH ! To the rear — 
MARCH ! Fours rights— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward — RAISE! Trunk, sHghtly, backward — 
BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward — BEND!(1) 
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms upw^ard — BEND ! Left arm upward, right arm 
sideward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Same, alternately, on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms upward^BEND ! Trunk forward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND! (4) Same 
slowly, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

6. Arms sideward upward — RAISE ! Trunk to the right 
— BEND!(1) RAISE!(2) (Alternate 6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



235 



7. Arms sideward upward fling and feet sideward — PLACE ! 
(1) Arms sideward downward and feet together — PLACE! (2) 
Same, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and inhale. 
Arms sideward downward and exhale. (8 times.) 
LESSON 9. 

Repeat Lessons 6 and 7. 
LESSON 10. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH! Class 
—HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward and chest slowly— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) 
(6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward— RAISE !(1) 
Trunk sHghtly forward— BEND ! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! 
(4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward — LUNGE ! 
(1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk forward — BEND!(2) 
Arms bend and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, al- 
ternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! 
Trunk to the left (R)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Al- 
ternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE! Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same 
on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON n. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT! Right— 
FACE! Left— FACE! About— FACE! etc. 

2. Arms sideward — RAISE! With upward turning of 
hands, head backward — BEND!(1) with downward turning of 
hands, head— RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward upward and heels — RAISE !(1) Arms 
sideward downward and heels — DOWN! (2) Same on count — 
BEGIN ! 1-2. 1-2, (24 counts.) 



236 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



5. Arms upward— BEND ! Trunk forward—BEND !(1) 
Trunk~RAISE!(2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) Arms— 
BEND! (4) (8 times,) 

6. Arms sidev/ard raise and left (R) leg sideward — 
LUNGE !(1) Trunk to the left (R)— BEND! (2) RAISE! (3) 
POSITION! (4) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Feet together— 
—PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on count 
— Begin! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

1. Hands on hips— PLACE! On neck— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Arms upward— BEND! POSITION! etc. (Quick 
change of positions.) 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg forward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left (R) arm upward and right 
(L) arm sideward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Same, alter- 
nately, on count — ^BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
forward— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) To the right— BEND ! (3) 
RAISE! (4) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Feet sideward— PLACE !(1) 
Together— PLACE! (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

7. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing, (8 times.) 

LESSON 13. 

Repeat Lessons 10 and 11. 

LESSON 14. 

1. Quick change of starting positions as: Hands on neck 
—PLACE! On hips— PLACE ! etc. 

2. Arms upward— BEND! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE !(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



237 



4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 

(1) Arms sideward— STRETCH! (2) Arms— BEND Arms 
upward— STRETCH! (4) Arms— BEND !(5) POSITION !(6) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and feet— CLOSE; Trunk to the 
right (L)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 8 
times.) 

6. Arms sideward and heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— BEND! 

(2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

(7) Hands on hips — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc, (10 counts for left, 10 for right.) 

8o Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! POSITION! Class forward— 
MARCH! Class— HALT! (Quick change.) 

2. Hands on hips and left (R) foot backward— PLACE ! 
Head backward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (4 times for left, 
4 for right.) 

3. Arms upward bend and right (L) foot forward— 
PLACE !(1) Heels— RAISE! (2) DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) 
Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms forward bend and right (L) foot sideward— 
PLACE !(1) Arms sideward— FLING ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) 
POSITION !(4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward raise and left foot backward— PLACE ! 
(1) Trunk forward— BEND! (2) RAISE !(3) POSITION !(4) 
(4 times for left, 4 for right.) 

6. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward — ■ 
PLACE !(1) Trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(2) Forward— 
TURN!(3) POSITION !(4) (Alternately, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left (R) foot forward, and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! (2) 
Feet sideward— PLACE! (3) Together— PLACE ! (4) Same, 
alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,. 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
s1ov/1v inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 



B. FOLK DANCES 



The Ostend, page 193; Ace of Diamonds, page 159; 
Sailor's Hornpipe, page 177. 

IRISH LILT 



-=S 0- 



-a — (S ^- 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



239 



I'upils standing in regular class formation. 

Exercise 1. (1) Hop left and raise right leg forward (2) hop left 
and swing leg sideward (3) spring to right' foot and raise left leg 
backward (4). Hop right and hold left leg in same position — (5 to 
12) repeat the preceding right and then left — (13 spring into stride 
position sidewis.e (14) spring with feet together — (15). Hop left, and 
swing right forward — (16) hop left and bend right knee at right 
angles, knee raised high. 

Movement 13 to 16 make what is called "Break" and this is the- 
finish for each exercise of the lilt. 

Exercise 2. (1) Hop left and tap right toe forward — (2) hop 
left and strike right heel in place of toe — (3). Hop left and tap right 
toe behind left heel — (4) hop left and raise right leg forward — -(5 to- 
12) repeat right and then left — (13 to 16) "break." 

Exercise 3. (1) Hop left and raise right leg sideward — (2) hop 
left and swing right leg forward — (3). Hop left and quickly flex 
and extend right knee — (4) repeat (3) — (5 to 12). Repeat right and 
then left— (13 to 16) "break." 

Exercise 4. (l)Hop left and tap right toe sideward, toing in — (2) 
hop left and strike right heel in place of toe — (3) hop left and tap 
right toe behind left heel — (4) hop left and raise right leg sideward — • 
(5 to 12) Repeat right and then left— (13 to 16) "break." 

Exercise 5. (1) Hop left and tap right toe forward— (2) hop 
left and raise right leg forward — (3). Spring on right, crossing it 
over in front of left and raise left leg backward — (4). Hop right 
and raise left leg forward — (5 to 12) repeat right and then left — 
(13 to 16) "break." 

Exercise 6. (1) Hop left and strike right heel forward — (2) 
change to same pose with left heel forward — (13 to 14) change right 
and left alternately as in the preceding — (15 to 16) — Stamp left, 
right, and left in the time of two counts. 



(240) 



THE CRESTED HEN 





Formation: Circles of three, hands joined, number dancers 1-2-3. 

Step: Step-hop raising foot quickly from floor each time. 

Measures 1-8: Dance eight steps starting with left foot and 
moving in circle to left. 

Measure 1: Stamp with left foot. 

Measures 2-8: Dance seven steps, starting with right foot and 
moving in circle to right. Finish in one line, 1 and 3 dropping hands. 
2 standing in centre holding hands of 1 and 3. 

Measures 9-12: Number 1 dances four steps crossing in front 
of number 2, passing under arms of 2 and 3 and on to her own place. 
Number 2 dances four steps turning in place in same direction as 
number 1. 

Measures 13-16: Number 3 dances four steps crossing in front 
of number 2, passing under the arms of 1 and 2 and on to her own 
place. Number 2 dances four steps turning four steps turning in 
place in same direction as number 3. 

Measures 8-12: Number 1 repeat. 

Number 13-16: Number 3 repeat. 

Hepeat from beginning. 



C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. Crows and Cranes. 

2. Dodge Ball, page 179. 

3. Poison, page 196. 

4. Prisoner's Base, page 197. 
' 5. Pull off the Ground. 

6. Swat to the Right. 

7. Pin Football, page 197. 

8. Potato or Block Relay, page 214. 

9. Forward Sprint Relay, page 164. 

10. Wheelbarrow Relay, page 214. 

11. Volley Ball. 



CROWS AND CRANES. (P.) 

Two lines of players, back to back and about one yard apart. 
The instructor designates one line as crows and the other line 
as cranes. If he should call out "Cranes," the cranes will rush 
forward about 30 feet across a safety line, and the line desig- 
nated as crows will turn around and attempt to tag the opposi- 
ing players before they have covered the distance to safety line. 
Those who are tagged must go over to the other side. Team 
having largest number of players at expiration of a given 
time wins. 

Note: The instructor can make the game more interesting 
by drawing out the "R" in either crows or cranes. 

PULL OFF THE GROUND, (R.) 

Two lines: Players sit on ground, facing each other, toes 
against toes, knees bent and hands gripped between knees. At 
signal "Go" each tries to full the other off the ground, 

SWAT TO THE RIGHT. (P.) 

Formation — Circle, hands behind back, facing in, eyes 
closed. 



(242) 



One player carrying swatter (belt, towel, etc.) runs around 
outside of circle and places swatter in some one's hand. The 
one receiving it immediately hits the player on his right. The 
player who is being hit, runs around the circle until he is back 
to his starting position. The player with the swatter follows 
runner and swats him until he is back in position. The player 
with the swatter runs and places it in the hand of some 
other player. 

VOLLEY BALL. (P.) 

Mark out a court about 25 by 50 feet. Stretch a tennis or 
volley ball net across the court at its middle, the top of the 
net seven feet high in the center. Players in two equal groups 
placed on opposite sides of the net. The light volley ball is 
used, and the object is to bat it over the net with open hands. 
One or both hands may be used. One player starts the game 
by "serving." To do this he stands with one foot on the rear 
hne of the court, tosses the ball up, and then bats it upward 
and toward the net. The other players watch the ball, and if 
one of them can help the ball over by batting it he may do so, 
but no player can bat it twice in succession. If the ball goes 
over the net without touching it must be batted back by the 
opponents. The ball is in play as long as it is batted back and 
forth across the net ; as soon as one side fails to return it, 
whether by letting it fall to the ground, batting it in the net, 
or batting it outside the court, it is out of play and must be 
started again by serving The side failing to return the ball at 
any time when it is in play is said to "lose a point." If the 
side that served loses a point, they lose the right to serve, the 
ball going to the opponents If the other side loses (serving 
side winning) it counts one score for the serving side Only 
the serving side can make scores ; the other side tries to 
Avin the point and thus earn the right to serve. 21 points 
make a game 



SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

SECOND YEAR 



/ 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson. 
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year Jun- 
ior High. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Class— ATTENTION ! Hands on hips—PLACE! On 
neck— PLACE ! Left— FACE ! Hands on hips —PLACE ! About 
—FACE! etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips— PLACE! Right knee upward— BEND! 

(1) D0WN!(2) Left knee upward— BEND !(3) D0WN!(4) 
Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 countsOt 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE !(1) DOWN !(2) Same, on count 
-BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (Alternate, * 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Heels— RAISE !(1) DOWN? 

(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Marching. 

2. Hands on hips— PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND!(1) d6wN!(2) Left(R) knee upward— BEND ! (3) 
DOWN ! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward and right arm 
sideward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Right arm upward and 
left arm sideward— STRETCH ! (3) BEND!(4) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk for- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times.) 

* Wherever used, "alternate" refers to alternation of exercise from 
right to left, 

t Since there are four counts to the unit, this means six units. 



246 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! 
Trunk forward— BEND ! Trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(1) 
Forward— TURN! (2) (4 times to right, 4 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE! Running in place, knees up 
high in front, on count — BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Marching. 

2. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND!(1) D0WN!(2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward— BEND ! Sideward— FLING !(1) BEND I 
(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) leg forward (high) 
— RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (4 times for right, 4 for left.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to the right 
— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN! (2) To the left— TURN !(3) 
Forward!— TURN! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) Heels— DOWN ! (4) Same, 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

1. Right— FACE! Left— FACE! Hands on hips— PLACE! 
On neck— PLACE! etc. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE! Chest— RAISE(l) DOWN! 
(2). 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) leg backward — 
RAISE!(1) D0WN!(2) Right (L) leg backward— RAISE ! (3) 
DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 
counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH !(1) 
BEND! (2) Sideward— STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Trunk to the right— TURN! 
(1) Forward— TURN! (2) To the left— TURN !(3) Forward 
—TURN! (4) (6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



247 



7. Arms sideward — RAISE! (With heels spread) Heels 
— RAISE!(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise. Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 5. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 2. 

LESSON 6. 

1. Marching: Class forward— MARCH ! By the right 
flank! MARCH! Column right— MARCH ! By the left 
flank— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward and chest — RAISE !(1) Arms and chest 
—DOWN! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward— RAISE !(1) Left (R) leg backward— 
RAISE! (2) DOWN! (3) Arms— DOWN ! (4) Same alternately, 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
upward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) Sideward— STRETCH ! 

(3) BEND!(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips — PLACE ! On the right (L) knee — 
KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times 
for right, 6 for left.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk to the right 
(L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND!(1) Forward— STRETCH! (2) BEND!(3) POSITION! 

(4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point Breathing. (8 times.) 
LESSON 7. 

1. Marching: Class forward — MARCH! Fours right— 
MARCH ! By the right flank— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Head backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE !(2) (6 times.) 

3. Ajrms upward — BEND ! Right (L) leg backward — ■ 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms upward — 
RAISE !(1) Arms— DOWN !(2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 



I 



248 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



5. Hands on neck— PLACE! On the right (L) knee— 
KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RA1SE(2) (6 times 
for right, 6 for left.) 

6. Arms and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk forward — 
BEND ! Trunk to the right (L) TURN ! (1) Forward— TURN ! 

(2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— BEND ! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! 

(3) Heels— DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSONS. 

Repeat Lessons 3 and 4. 

LESSON 9. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! On hips— PLACE! POSI- 
TION! Right— FACE! Left— FACE! etc. 

2. Hands on hips and. feet sideward — PLACE! Chest — 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE! Right leg sideward — 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Left leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) 
DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

4. Arms forward raise and right (L) foot sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— RAISE ! (2) Arms (to horizontal) 
™D0WN!(3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward — BEND ! On the right (L) knee — 
KNEEL! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times 
for right, 6 for left.) 

6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
sideward fling and trunk to the right (L) — TURN!(1) Arms 
bend and trunk forward— TURN ! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. -Arms sideward and heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— BEND! 
(2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) POSITION !(4) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 fimes.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! By the 
right flank— MARCH! Class— HALT ! etc. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



249 



2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Chest — 
RAISE!(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward — RAISE! Left (R) leg sideward— 
RAISE 1(1) DOWN! (2) Right (L) leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) 
DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot sideward— 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— RAISE ! (2) Arms (to horizontal) 
DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND!(1) Arms bend 
and trunk— RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

6. Arms forward raise and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
to right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times to right, 6 to 
left.) 

7. Arms upward bend and heels — RAISE !(1) Knees— 
BEND! (2) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (3) Arms— BEND! 
(4) Knees— STRETCH! (5) POSITION! (6) Same on count--- 
BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4=5-6, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercises : West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 11. 

1. Marching. 

2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward— PLACE ! Chest 
— RAISE(l) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck— PLACE! Right (L) leg sideward— 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward— BEND ! Upward— STRETCH !(1) 
BEND!(2) Forward— STRETCH! (3) BEND!(4) Sideward-=^ 
STRETCH !(5) BEND!(6) Same on count— BEGIN? 
1.2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward— RAISE ! Trunk forward 
BEND !(1)' RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward and right (L) foot forward— PLACE ! 
Trunk to right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (Alternate, 6 
times.) 

7. Arms forward bend and heels— RAISE !(1) Knees— 
— BEND!(2) Arms sideward— FLING ! (3) Arms— BEND !(4) 
Knees— STRETCH !(5) POSITION !(6) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.) 



250 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

Repeat Lessons 7 and 9. 

LESSON 13. 

1. Right— FACE! About— FACE! Forward— MARCH I 
Fours right— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Chest— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND! 
Left (R) heed— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (6 counts for right, 6 for left.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE !(1) 
Arms upward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! (3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 
counts.) 

5. Arms sideward and right (L) leg slowly forward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times for right, 6 for left.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— TURN(l) Forward— 
TURN! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Heels — 
RAISE!(1) Knees— BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH 1(3) Heels 
—DOWN! (4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point' breathing (8 times.) 
LESSON 14. 

1. Marching. Hands on neck — PLACE! Head backward 
— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward — 
BEND ! Left (R) heel— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.) 

4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg diagonally forward 
LUNGE !(1) Arms sideward— STRETCH ! (2) Arms— BEND ! 
(3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward and left (R) leg slowly forward — RAISE ! 
(1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Trunk to the right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 
6 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



251 



7. Arms forward upward and heels — RAISE !(1) Knees — 
BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the right flank— MARCH ! 
Column left counter — MARCH! Class — HALT! Class mark 
time— MARCH! Forward— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Hands on neck and ,feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk 
slightly, backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Knees — 
BEND!(1) STRETCH !(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Left (R) arm forward and right (L) arm sideward 
RAISE !(1) Arms— DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Arms 
downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND!(1) Arms bend 
and trunk— RAISE! (2) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE ! Trunk to the right— BEND I 
(1) RAISE !(2) To the left— BEND !(3) RAISE !(4) (8 times.) 

7. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Feet sideward— PLACE !(1) 
Feet together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly in- 
hale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 



262 



ALABAMA MANUAL O'F 



CO 
U 
U 
2 
< 
Q 

:^ 

O 
00 



'a 

O 



02 



ft 

i 



< 



H 

Q 

g 

O 
Q 

Q 

O 
05 



I 



ii! 

ill 



OJ 0) 0) . 

> > > 0) 

?-i CJ 
<^ O 

0) 0) 0) o 

d ui 

5(_i 4H. «n o; 

o3 «6 _ 

73 T5 O 

S C C >» 

c3 eS eS ^ 



c 



0) 



C si 



g O =^ P3 



cy O 



<-■ o 

.S a; 8 

o a> 

EH ^ 5fi 

o o 



o g 

O CD 

o 

s 



G S3 



c3 9^ 
a." 

03 4-: 
•I— > c 

II 



■>:■>: 

O O 



PS 

3 p 

5/300 



'73 C 



1/3 

as P 
o 

s 

^ OS 



Op M W 

feJO > 

^•z: w c G 

_w ^ a> a) 



c 

JS3 

.2 

> o o 

O' 



a> a> C C C 



O ^ 



^'ro S S fiJ 
pT; M CO t— t f-H 
o 



- p cu ^ 



^ c3 OS '^rij 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



258 




C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground; R, Room. 

1. By the Numbers Change. 

2. Collar and Elbow. 

3. Crossing No Man's Land. 

4. Dodge Ball, page 179. 

5. Hand Wrestle. 

6. Mining the Man. 

7. Potato or Block Relay, page 214. 

8. Broad Jump Relay. 

9. Forward Sprint Relay, page 164. 
10. Hold Hop Relay, page 213. 

BY THE NUMBERS CHANGE. (P. R.) 

The pupils form a circle and are numbered consecutively. 
One person is "IT" and stands in the center. Another on the 
outside of the circle says "By the numbers, change, one and 
six." The person in the center tries to get into one of the 
places left vacant when they are changing places. If he suc- 
ceeds in getting one of these places the one left out becomes 
'*IT " 

COLLAR AND ELBOW. (P. R.) 

Formation — two lines facing each other, players about four 
feet apart. Each player places the right hand about oppo- 
nent's neck, and takes hold of his elbow with his left hand. 
At signal "go" attempt to overthrow opponent so that he is 
compelled to touch some part of his body other than his feet 
(knee, hand, neck, etc.) to the ground, tripping, etc., may be 
used. In case both fall, the one on top wins. Players should 
be paired, according to size. 

CROSSING NO MAN'S LAND. (P.) 

Formation. In single file. A parallel line is drawn about 5 
feet in front and the player being "IT" stands between this 
line and the players. At a signal, players change to opposite 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



255 



iine. "IT" tries to catch as many runners as possible. Play- 
ers so caught must help "IT" to catch the other. After each 
change, those uncaught assemble themselves and try to change 
back to previous base. Players change and rechange until 
all have been caught. 

HAND WRESTLE (R.) 

Formation — two lines, facing each other. The players stand 
with the right feet advanced clasping right hands. The ob- 
ject is to make one's opponent move a foot from its position 
on the ground. This constitutes a throve, and a point. Line 
scoring most points, wins. 

MILLING THE MAN. (P. R.) 

Form a small circle with one person in the center who is 
*TT." With arms at sides "IT" stiffens his body and acts 
like a dead man falling over. Those in the circle prevent his 
falhng to the ground by pushing him back and forth. If he 
falls, the person responsible becomes "IT." 

BROAD JUMP RELAY. (P.) 

Wth hands on hips jump forward with both feet until a 
given point is reached. Return on the sprint. 



SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 

THIRD YEAR 



9PE 



A. CALISTHENICS 



Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson. 
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2, and 4 of 1st year Jun- 
ior High. 

LESSON 1. 

1. Mark time— MARCH ! Class— HALT! About— FACE! 
Forward— MARCH ! Class— HALT! etc. 

2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk sHghtly, backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) 
(6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE ! Knees 
— BEND!(1) Knees— STRETCH! (2) Same on count— BE- 
GIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)t 

4. Left (R) arm forward and right (L) arm sideward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot sideward 
—PLACE! Trunk forward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times 
to left, 6 to right.) 

6. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Trunk to 
the right (L)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (6 times to 
right, 6 to left.) 

7. Hands on hips and heels — RAISE! Feet sideward — • 
PLACE !(1) Together — PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 2. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! On toes— MARCH ! Double 
time— MARCH ! Common time— MARCH ! Class— HALT, etc. 

2. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! Trunk, slightly, backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck— PLACE ! Left leg sideward— RAISE I 
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) DOWN! (4) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 



t Since there are two counts to each unit, this means eight units. 



260 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward — PLACE ! 
Arms upward— RAISE !(1) To horizontal— DOWN ! (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL ! 
Arms upward stretch and trunk backward — BEND!(1) Arms 
bend and trunk — RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

6. Arms forward upward — RAISE ! Trunk to the right (L) 
— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (6 time& to right, 6 to left.) 

7. * Hands on hips and knees — BEND ! Jump forward on 
toes on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 3. 

1. Arms sideward raise and knees — BEND!(1) POSI- 
TION (2) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

2. Hands on neck and right (L) foot, diagonally forward 
—PLACE! Trunk shghtly, backward— .BEND ! (1) RAISE I 
(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward raise and right knee upward — BEND 1 
(1) POSITION! (2) Arms sideward raise and left knee up- 
ward— BEND !(3) POSITION !(4) Same on count— BEGIN I 
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

4. Arms sideward— RAISE ! Arms forward— FLING !(1) 
Arms sideward— FLING! (2) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 
1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot backward — PLACE ! 
Trunk backward— BEND! (1) RAISE!(2) (6 times for left, 
6 for right.) 

6. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Trunk to the left (R)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) (Al- 
ternately, * 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and heels — RAISE ! Jump forward on 
toes, on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (6 times.) 

LESSON 4. 

1. Arms forward upward fling and left foot forward — 
PLACE !(1) POSITION! (2) Arms forward upward fling and 
right foot forward— PLACE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 



* Wherever found, "alternately" refers to alternation of exercise 
from right to left. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



261 



2. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE ! Head back- 
ward— BEND !(1) RAISE!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot sideward 
—PLACE! Knees— BEND! (1) STRETCH !(2) Same on count 
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE ! Trunk 
forward— BEND ! Arms upward— STRETCH !(1) BEND!(2) 
Same on count — BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward — 
PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.) 

6. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward raise 
and trunk to the right (L) — BEND!(1) Leg down and trunk 
—RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

7. Arms sideward raise and knees — BEND ! Jump on toes, 
sideAvard to the left (R)— BEGIN ! 

8. Breathing exercise! West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 5. 

Repeat Lessons 1 and 3. 

LESSON 6. 

1. Right— FACE! Mark time— MARCH ! Class— HALT ! 
Forward— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward — PLACE 
—Trunk* to the right (L) TURN ! Trunk slightly backward 
— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.) 

3. Hands on neck and right knee upward — BEND!(1) PO- 
SITION ! (2) Hands on neck and left knee upward— BEND ! (3) 
POSITION! (4) Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
(1) Arms sideward— FLING! (2) Arms— BEND !(3) POSI- 
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot forward 
—PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) (4 
times for left, 4 for right.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! , 
Trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) 
(Alternate, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Running in place, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 



262 



ALABAMA MANUAL Oh 



8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 7. 

1. "Change step/' page 32. 

2. Arms upward — BEND ! Left arm upward and left foot 
forward— PLACE !(1) Arm bend and foot— REPLACE ! (2) 
Right arm upward and right foot forward — PLACE! (3) Arm 
bend foot — REPLACE (4) Same, alternately, on count — BE- 
GIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

3. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward — PLACE! 
Knees— BEND! (1) STRETCH !(2) Same, on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE ! 
(1) Left arm sideward— STRETCH !(2) BEND ! (3) Right arm 
sideward— STRETCH! (4) BEND! (5) POSITION! (6) Same 
alternately, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

5. Arms upward bend and ' feet sideward — PLACE !(1) 
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward — BEND! (2) 
Arms bend and trunk— RAISE ! (3) POSITION! (4) (8 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and feet — CLOSE! Trunk to the 
right— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) To the left— BEND !(3) 
RAISE! (4) (Alternately, 8 times.) 

7. Jump with. a 180 degree right (L)— TURN! 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise and slowly 
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON 8. 

Repeat Lessons 3 and 4. 

LESSON 9. 

1. Hands on neck— PLACE! Hands on hips— PLACE! 
POSITION! Arms sideward— RAISE ! DOWN! etc. 

2. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot backward — 
PLACE! Head backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (4 times 
for left, 4 for right.) 

3. Arms forward upward — RAISE! Left leg backward — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Right leg backward— RAISE ! (3) 
D0WN!(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 
counts.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



263 



4. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward — 
LUNGE ! Double arm circumduction backward, on count — 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.) 

5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward — PLACE ! On 
the left (R) knee— KNEEL ! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) 
RAISE! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot backward — 
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE 1(2) (Al- 
ternately, 8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND I 
Hop on left (R) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 
counts for right, 16 for left.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point Breathing. (8 times.) 

LESSON 10. 

1. ''Follow step," page 32. 

2. Hands on hips and feet sideward — PLACE! Chest — 
RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) (6 times.) 

3. Hands on neck and feet sideward — PLACE! Heels — 
RAISE !(1) Knees— BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels 
—DOWN! (4) Same, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 
(24 counts.) 

4. Arms forward raise and right (L) leg forward — 
LUNGE !(1) Arms sideward— FLING ! (2) Arms forward— 
FLING! (J) POSITION! (4) Same, on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.) 

5. Hands on hips and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL! 
Trunk to the right— TURN !(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the 
left— TURN! (3) Forward— TURN ! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) leg sideward — 
LUNGE! Trunk to the right (L)— BEND!(1) RAISE !(2) 
(6 times for right, 6 for left.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Running in place, keeping 
knees stiff, on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms sideward raise, slowly in- 
hale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.) 

LESSON n. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! Fours right— MARCH ! By 
the right flank— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot side- 
ward— PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)— TURN!(1) Trunk" 
slightly backward— BEND ! (2) RAISE I (3) Forward— 
TURN! (4) (Alternate, 6 times.) 



264 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



3. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward — PLACE! 
Knees— BEND 1(1) STRETCH !(2) Same on count— BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. f l6 counts.) 

4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward — PLACE !(1) Left 
• (R) arm upward and right (L) arm sideward— STRETCH ! 

(2) Arms— BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left leg slowly forward — 
RAISE !(1) Slowly— DOWN! (2) Right leg slowly— RAISE ! 

(3) Slowly— DOWN! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on neck and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
Trunk to the right— TURN !(1) Forward— TURN ! (2) To the 
left— TURN! (3 Forward— TURN ! (4) (6 times.) . 

7. Hands on neck — PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward — 
RAISE ! Hop on right (L) foot, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2, 1-2, 
etc. (24 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing (8 times.) 

LESSON 12. 

Repeat Lessons 7 and 9. 

LESSON 13. 

1. ''Backward Cut," page 33. 

2. Hands on neck— PLACE! Chest— RAISE !(1) DOWN! 

(2) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg sideward — RAISE! 
Right (L) heel— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on count— 
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.) 

4. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward — 
PLACE !(1) Arms upward— FLING ! (2) Sideward— FLING ! 

(3) Foot replace and arms — DOWN! (4) Same, alternately, on 
count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) 

5. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot backward 
—PLACE! Trunk backward— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (6 
times for left, 6 for right.) 

6. Hands on neck and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
Trunk to the right— BEND !(1) RAISE !(2) (Alternately, 8 
times.) 

7. Arms forward upward raise and heels — RAISE !(1) 
Knees— BEND! (2) Knees— STRETCH ! (3) Heels— DOWN! 

(4) Same on count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



265 



LESSON 14. 

1. "Two step," page 32. 

2. Arms upv/ard— BEND !(1) Left (R) foot backward— 
PLACE! (2) Head backward— BEND ! (3) RAISE! (4) Foot— 
REPLACE! (5) POSITION! (6) (8 times.) 

3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward — LUNGE! 
Right (L) leg backward— RAISE !(1) D0WN!(2) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for left, 8 for right.) 

4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot forward — PLACE ! 
(1) Arms upward— FLING! (2) Forward— FLING ! (3) Side- 
ward— FLING ! (4) Upward— FLING ! (5) POSITION ! (6) 
Same on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 
counts.) 

5. Hands on neck — PLACE! Right leg slowly forward--- 
RAISE!(1) D0WN!(2) Left leg slowly forward— RAISE ! (3) 
DOWN! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on hips— PLACE! Left leg slowly sideward — 
RAISE !(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg, slowly, sideward— RAISE ! 
(3) DOWN! (4) (6 times.) 

7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward — BEND!(1) 
Leg forward— STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) 
Same, alternately, on count— BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 
counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : Arms forward upward raise and 
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. 
(8 times.) 

LESSON 15. 

1. Class forward— MARCH ! By the right flank— 
MARCH ! To the rear— MARCH ! etc. 

2. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward — 
PLACE! Trunk, sHghtly, backward— BEND !(1) RAISE! (2) 
(8 times.) 

3. Arms forward — RAISE! Left (R) leg backward and 
right (L) heel— RAISE !(1) Leg and heel— DOWN (2) Same 
on count— BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for left, 8 for 
right.) 

4. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward — PLACE!(1) 
Arms upward— FLING! (2) Forward— FLING ! (3) Sideward 
—FLING! (4) Upward— FLING! (5) POSITION! (6) Same on 
count— BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.) 



(266) 



5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee — KNEEL! 
Trunk backward— BEND! (1) RAISE !(2) Forward— BEND ! 
(3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.) 

6. Hands on neck— PLACE! Left leg sideward— RAISE ! 

(1) D0WN!(2) Right leg sideward— RAISE ! (3) D0WN!(4) 
(8 times.) 

7. Hands on hips — PLACE ! Left (R) foot forward and 
right (L) foot backward— PLACE !(1) Together— PLACE ! 

(2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on count — BEGIN! 
1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.) 

8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. 8 times.) 



B. FOLK DANCES 



Ace of Diamonds, page 159; Irish Lilt, page 238. 
REAP THE FLAX 




A. 



B. 



A. 



A. 



A. 



B. 



REAP THE FLAX 



Formation : 



Measure 
Measure 
Measure 
Measure 
Measures 



Five in each line. All face front, hands on hips. 

Figure 1 
All bend forward down to left. 
Reap the flax by rising. 
Throw it to the right side. 
Back in starting position, hands on hips. 
8. Repeat. 

Measures 9-16. All turn left. The leaders' hands on hips, the 
others put their hands on shoulders of those standing before, 
and turning to right run in circles back to starting places. 
Figure 2 

All bend forward down to right and rise. 
Put the flax around the hackle. 
Draw it from the hackle. 
Back in starting position. 
Repeat. 
Same as Figure 1, B. 
Figure 3 

Numbers one and four take a short step, turning 
two and three, and taking right hands, thumb 
spinning wheel. The leaders (numbers five) face 
the wheel, and with left feet tread the wheel. The wheel with 
running steps moves to left. 

Figure 5 

Measures 1-4. The lines march up to left side of their leaders 

and form a large ring, moving to left. 
Measures 5-8. Same, moving to right. 

Measures 9-16. The leader of the first line puts hands on hips. 

All the others put their hands on shoulders of those standing 

before, forming one line. 
Music is repeated until all are back to their places. 



Measure 1. 
Measure 2. 
Measure 3. 
Measure 4. 
Measures 5- 
Measures 9- 



16. 



Measures 1-4. 
to numbers 
grasp, for a 



(268) 




C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY 
RACES 



P, Playground ; R, Room 

1. Call Bali, page 130. 

2. Curtain Ball, page 212. 

3. Pin Football, page 197. 

4. Potato or Block Relay, page 214. 

5. Forward Sprint Relay, page 164. 

6. Broad Jump Relay, page 255. 

7. Shuttle Relay. 

8. Skin the Snake Relay. 

9. Wheelbarrow Relay, page 214. 

SHUTTLE RELAY. (P.) 

In the shuttle races, the contestants in each team or file are 
divided into two equal squads with a given distance between 
each team. For convenience, the team on one side is called A 
and the other B. At the command to start, the player at the 
head of each file in squad A runs and tags the first player in 
squad B and then goes to rear of B. As soon as the first one 
in squad B is tagged, he runs and tags the next man in the 
A squad and goes to the rear. The players continue success- 
ively until all have run. The file which changes from one 
side of the course to the other first is declared the winner. Or 
they may continue running until both squads get back to 
the original position which will take twice as long to run. 

SKIN THE SNAKE RELAY. (P.) 

Players bend forward and reach right hand between legs 
and backw^ard, grasping left hand of the player who stands 
directly behind. At signal "Go" the entire column walks 
backward. The last player merely lays down on his back on 
the ground. With feet apart, the column marches backward, 
each player in succession laying down on his back. When the 
leading player in the column has lain down, he immediately 
arises to the standing position and runs forward, pulling the 
others up after him. The column coming to the erect posi- 
tion and reaching goal first wins. 



PART II 



HEALTH ACTIVITIES 



Teachers who are intelHgently interested in the health of 
children in their care, constitute a new force in health con- 
servation. The teaching- of health habits based upon a knowl- 
edge of hygiene will aid in eliminating many forms of prevent- 
able illness and enable physicians and nurses to devote a larger 
portion of their time to problems of health and the increase 
of physical efficiency or race vitality. 

The need for the rapid spread of information is vital to the 
welfare of the people and demands the attention of the pub- 
lic school. Let every teacher prepare to meet it squarely. 

The following State and Federal health agencies will gladly 
furnish free educational material which bears the stamp of 
scientific approval and which it is hoped, will replace in the 
popular mind, the misleading pronouncements of "hearsay" 
and the unreliable personal opinions of laymen. 

State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala. 

United States PubHc Health Service, Washington, D. C. 

United States Children's Bureau, Washington, D. C. 

Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 

State Department of Education, Montgomery, Ala. 

Provision in school for health supervision and the care of 
the general health of the pupils is not new. Parents will un- 
doubtedly co-operate with the school authorities more and 
more closely as they realize its vast importance. They will 
feel protected when they understand that their children will 
be protected from sitting near or in the same room with chil- 
dren who have signs of contagious disease. They will be 
equally well pleased when their attention is called courteously 
and quietly to such physical defects in their children as may 
be found which they may not have realized were present. 

The health work as planned, should, therefore, not only ben- 
efit all the children, but should give the whole community a 
certain peace of mind, which did not before exist. The work 
should be under the direct attention of school .nurses and 
doctors as soon as such a method is possible. Meanwhile the 
work should be getting under way, even though it is necessary 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



273 



in most cases to have the regular classroom teachers carry on 
the work. If there is a Health Officer in the county, he can 
be of much assistance, and the school authorities should co- 
operate with him in regard to this work. 

It is with these ideas in mind that we suggest the plan of 
dividing the school health activities into three distinct 
branches, namely — 

1. Daily health inspection. 

2. Yearly physical examination. 

3. Hygiene (Personal and Sanitary.) 



DAILY HEALTH INSPECTION 



The first few minutes in each school day should be given to 
a health inspection of all pupils. It will be necessary for the 
teachers to have in mind the "indications of health disorders" 
given on page 275. As soon as a suspected case is found, 
that pupil should be immediately sent home, or advised not 
to return the following day, if the best judgment of the teach- 
er indicates this to be practicable. A blank shall be made out 
in triplicate, one sent with the child, telHng the parents just 
what was found and advising that a physician be consulted. 
Another copy should be sent to the county health officer and 
the third copy should be kept in the files of the school. The 
pupil should not be admitted to school again until these signs 
have disappeared, or until a physician advises his return. Do 
not let the matter drop here. The "follow-up" is of equal im- 
portance. The teacher should get in touch with the parent 
and if a physician has not ben consulted, urge that this be 
done. The teacher should also get in touch with the county 
health officer, whose business it is to look after contagious 
disease. 

The child should be instructed to return the card to the 
school with the physician's signature, as soon as the "signs" 
have disappeared. In this way it will be easier for the school 
authorities to keep in touch with the case and to see whether 
or not the child is being taken care of. 

In order to carry out this program in the most efficient man- 
ner it is necessary to have the full co-operation of parents, 
teachers and health workers in the community. Children 
should not knowingly be exposed to any contagious disease. 

Parents who believe that it is necessary for their children 
to have a contagious disease, such as measles, chicken pox, 
whooping cough, etc., are entirely wrong. These diseases 
simply lower the resistance of the child and make him much 
more liable to contract other diseases. In all health work the 
"prevention side" should be emphasized more than the "cure." 

Parents and children should know these "FIRST SIGNS OF 
HEALTH DISORDERS" and thus aid the schools in the con- 
trol and elimination of contagious diseases. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



275 



"SIGNS OF HEALTH DISORDERS." 

If the child shows any of the first seven signs, he should 
be sent home, whenever, in the best judgment of the teacher, 
this is practicable. It may also be advisable to send him home 
for some of the other signs, 
g r 1. Nausea or vomiting. 

2. Chill, convulsions (fits.) 

3. Eruption (rash) of any kind. 

§ - 4. Running nose, without proper use of handkerchief 

5. Red or running eyes. 

6. Sore or inflamed throat. 

7. Acutely swollen glands. 

8. Dizziness, faintness or unusual pallor (alarming 
paleness of the face.) 

9. Cough. 

10. Fever. 

11. Failure to eat the usual breakfast. 

12. Any distinct or disturbing change from usual ap- 
pearance of child. 

13. Head lice — heads should be examined. 

TABLE OF CONTAGIOUS DISEASES WITH ACKNOWL- 
EDGMENT TO "HOME AND COMMUNITY 
HYGIENE." (BROADHURST.) 

Measles. 

Principal Early Signs and Symptoms : Begins like a cold in 
the head, with feverishness, running nose, inflamed and watery 
eyes, and sneezing; small crescentic groups of mulberry tinted 
spots appear about the third day; rash first seen on forehead 
and face. The rash varies with heat, may almost disappear 
if the air is cold and come out again with warmth. 

Method of Infection: Forced exhalation and discharges 
•from the nose and mouth. 

Remarks : After efifects often severe. Period of greatest 
risk of infection three or four days, before the rash appears 
and during entire period of eruption. Great variation in type 
of disease. 

Scarlet Fever 

Principal Early Signs and Symptoms : The onset is usual- 
ly sudden, with headache, fever, sore throat and often vomit- 



276 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



ing. Usually Avithin 24 hours the rash appears as fine, evenly 
diffused and bright red dots under the skin. The rash is 
first seen on the neck and- upper part of the chest, and lasts 
three to ten days, when it fades and the skin peels in scales, 
flakes or even larger pieces. 

Method of Infection : Discharges from the nose and mouth, 
suppurating glands or ears of a patient. Milk may convey 
the infection. 

Remarks : Dangerous both during attack and from after ef- 
fects. Great variation in type of disease. Slight attacks are 
as infectious as severe ones. Many mild cases not diagnosed 
and may be concealed. A second attack is rare. 

Small Pox. 

Principal Signs and Symptoms : Onset usually sudden with 
fever and severe backache. About third day upon subsidence of 
constitutional symptoms red spots like pimple, felt below the 
skin, and seen first about the face and wrists, most on ex- 
posed surfaces, develop. They form little blisters and after 
two days more become filled with yellowish matter. Scabs 
form which begin to fall off the 14th day. 

Method of Infection: All discharges of a patient and par- 
ticles of skin or scabs. 

Remarks : Peculiarly infectious. Cases of modified small 
pox in vaccinated persons may be and often are so slight as 
to escape detection. Mild or modified small pox is as infec- 
tious as the severe type. 

Chicken Pox. 

Principal Signs and Symptoms : Rarely begins with fever. 
Rash appears on second day as small pimples which in about 
a day become filled with a clear fluid. This fluid becomes yel- 
lovv colored, a crust forms and the scab falls off in about 14 
days. Successive crops of papules appear until the 10th day. 

Method of Infection : Contact with discharges from nose' 
and throat. 

Remarks : A mild disease and seldom any after-effects. 
Diphtheria. 

Principal Signs and Symptoms : Onset may be sudden or 
gradual. The back of the throat, palate or tonsils may show 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



277 



patches. The most pronounced symptom is sore throat. There 
may be hardly any symptoms at all. 

Method of Infection: • Contact with discharges from nose 
and throat. Occasionally by drinking infected milk. 

Remarks : Very dangerous both during atack and from 
after-effects. There is a great variation in type and mild 
cases are often not recognized but are as infectious as severe 
ones. There is frequently no immunity from further attacks. 

Mumps. 

Principal Signs and Symptoms : Onset may be sudden, be- 
ginning with sickness and fever and pain about the angle of 
the jaw. The parotid glands become swollen and tender. Op- 
ening the mouth is accompanied by pain. 

Method of Infection: Contact with discharges from nose 
and throat of patient. 

Remarks : Seldom leaves after-effects. Very infectious. 
Inflammation of genital organs may occur. 

Whooping Cough. 

Principal Signs and Symptoms : Begins with a cough which 
is worse at night. Symptoms may at first be very mild. 
Characteristic whooping cough develops in about two weeks 
and the spasm of coughing sometimes ends with vomiting. 

Method of Infection : Discharges from nose and mouth of 
the patient. 

Remarks : After-eft'ects often very severe and disease 
causes great debility. Relapses are apt to occur. Second at- 
tack rare. Specially infectious first week or two. Great 
variation in type of disease. Often fatal in young children. 

Hookworm Disease. 

Signs and Symptoms : Child puny and undergrown. face 
pale, yellow or often ashen in color. Eyes are white with 
dilated pupils. In severe cases eyes are dull, having a staring 
look, arms and legs thin and small. Feeling of weakness and 
tiredness, and shortness of breath. Buzzing in the head, in 
ears, and pain or discomfort in the right side of stomach. 

Methods of Infection : Infection usually starts from direct 
contact with polluted soil, and can be prevented by wearing 
shoes when ground is wet. 

The child may have "Hookworm Disease" and not show 
any of the above signs. Laboratory test is necessary. 



278 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



GENERAL SIGNS OF HEALTH DISORDERS AND PHYS- 
ICAL DEFECTS IN SCHOOL CHILDREN. 
(DR. T. D. WOOD.) 

The following signs of disorder have been arranged in three 
groups for the use of teachers in detecting possible health 
and physical defects iil children under their care. 

Group 1 contains signs of disorder which call for immediate 
attention. 

Group II names abnormalities which point to more chronic 
disorders which should be remedied early. 

Group III contains indications of disturbances which are 
important in connection with other signs of physical disorder. 

GROUP I. 

Signs. 
Sore throat 
Earache 
Ear discharge 
Running nose 

Sore eyes of any kind 
Styes 

Congested eyes (red or blood- 
shot) 
Dizziness 



Disorders of nose, throat 
and ear. 



Eve disorders and defects. 



Flushed face 
Chill 

Headache 

Eruptions 

Nausea 

Vomiting 

Running nose 

Congested eyes 

Cough 

Fits 

Fainting 

Enlarged glands in neck 
Puffiness of face and eyes 
Shortness of breath 
Unusual pain anywhere 



Contagious diseases. 



Nervous disorders. 



Nutritional and general dis- 
turbances. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



279 



GROUP 11. 



Signs. 
Mouth breathing 
Loud breathing 
Nasal voice 
Catarrh 
Frequent colds 
Offensive breath 
Chronic cough 
Deafness 
Twitching of lips 
Headache 



Disorders of nose, throat, 
ear, and organs of respi- 
ration. 



Headache 
Crossed eyes 
Squinting 

Holding book too near face 



Eye disorders and defects. 



Decayed teeth 
Discoloration of teeth 
Crooked teeth 
Offensive breath 



Teeth defects. 



Inability to hold objects well 
Spasmodic movements 
Twitching of eye, face or any 

part of body 
Nail biting 
Perverted tastes 
Sex disturbances 



Nervous disorders. 



Pain in feet 

Toeing markedly out 

Flatfoot gait 

Swelling, puffiness of feet 
Excessive perspiration of feet 



Defects of feet 



Unequal height of shoulders 
Flat chest 

Round back and shoulders 
Stooping 



Incorrect posture 



280 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



GROUP IIL 



Signs. 
Prominent upper teeth 
Blank expression 
Slow mentality 
Poor physical development 
Inattention 
Slow progress 

Peculiar posture when read- 
ing 

Poor reading or spelling J 

Prominent teeth 

Poor articulation I 

Broken teeth 

Malnutrition 

Irritability 
Bad temper 

Undue emotion of any sort 

Frequent requests to go out 

Timidity 

Stammering 

Cruelty 

Moroseness 

Solitary habits 

Undue embarrassment 

Undue activity 

Misbehavior 



Disorders of nose, throat 
and ear. 



Eye disorders and defects 



Teeth defects 



Nervous disorders 



Deficient weight 

Pallor 

Lassitude 

Perverted tastes (food) 
Slow mentality 
Peculiar or faulty postures 
Underdevelopment 
Excessive fat 
Low endurance 
Disinclination to play 
Fatigue 



Nutritional and' general dis- 
turbances 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



281 



Pigeon-toed gait 
Shuffling, inelastic walk 
Exaggerated knee action in 

walking 
Shifting from foot to foot 
Standing on outer edge of 

feet 

Standing on inner side of feet, 

heels turned out 
Locking knees 
Leaning against wall or desk 
Shoes run over at either side 
Wearing out of soles asym- 
metrically 
Twitching of foot muscles 



Defects of feet and legs 
and defective movements. 



INSTRUCTION TO PARENTS. 

I. Regarding the care of mouth and teeth. 

"A clean tooth never decays." The physical examination 
of school children shows that in many cases the teeth are in 
a decayed and unhealthy condition. 

Decayed teeth cause an unclean mouth. Toothache and 
other diseases may result. 

Neglect of the first teeth is a frequent cause of decay in 
the second teeth. 

If a child has decayed teeth it cannot properly chew its 
food. Improperly chewed food and an unclean mouth cause 
indigestion and poor health. 

If a child is not in good health, it cannot keep up with its 
studies in school ; it is more likely to contract a contagious 
disease, and it has not the chance to develop into a healthy 
adult. 

The teeth should be brushed after each meal, using a tooth 
brush and tooth powder. The following tooth powder is rec- 
ommended: 

2 oz. powdered precipitated chalk. 

1 dram powdered orris root 

1-2 oz. powdered castile soap. 

This prescription can be filled by the druggist. 



282 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



2. To free the hair from head-lice. (Pediculosis.) 

Olive Oil (or sweet oil) and kerosene equal parts, 1-2 pint 
each. 

Mix the sweet oil and kerosene, and at night rub the mix- 
ture well into the scalp, then cover the hair with a piece of 
muslin and fasten about the head. Do not bring the head in 
contact with a lighted gas jet or flames of any kind. 

In the morning wash the scalp well with soap and hot water 
and vinegar, then use a fine comb wet in warm vinegar to re- 
move "nits." 

Repeat two or three nights in succession. 



i !^ 



I 

u 
o 

Q 

II 

o 



1 



O 

5 



0^ ;z; M P^ 02 



r-i 03 



ii 



p^ p^ 



as 

< o 



p^ 



p^ 



P5 



P^ 



II 



o o 



0) 



.5 

S .2 



ft O 

be W H Eh 

^ > o > 
^ o f-< o 

Q Q H Q 



P4 



PHYSICAL EXAMINATION 



Physical examination cards should be sent to all schools on 
which can be recorded the results of the physical examina- 
tion which each child should have at least once each year for 
the purpose of detecting physical defects. This same card 
should be carried on up through the grades and into the high 
school. If the pupil changes school his record card should 
accompany him. 

In counties where there are health officers and nurses the 
teacher should call on them for assistance in conducting the 
examination. 

After the examination the pupil should be advised in regard 
to his physical condition. If there are any definite defects 
his parents should be advised to consult a physician. Many 
corrections can be made and much trouble in later life avoided 
if this matter is attended to immediately. As a rule, the ear- 
Her the detection, the better are the chances for a permanent 
correction. 

"Notice of Physical Defect" blanks should be in the pos- 
session of each school. When any physical defects are detect- 
ed this blank should be filled out and sent to the child's par- 
ents and a duplicate sent to the county health olficer. The 
work, however, should not stop here — the great value of the 
physical examination is only realized after the child's defects 
have received attention. The teacher should if possible, visit 
the parents and urge them to consult a dentist or physician. 
If there is a health officer in the county, the teacher should 
keep in touch with him regarding pupils with physical defects. 

If the child has consulted a physician or dentist the card 
should be returned to the teacher with the doctor's signature. 
This will make it possible for the teacher to keep in touch with 
the case. It will be necessary for the teacher to instruct the 
child in regard to the return of the card. If the pupil under- 
stands that it is the desire of the principal to have the card 
signed and returned, it will help in having defects attended to. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



285 



DIRECTIONS FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF 
SCHOOL CHILDREN. 

(See Sample Card, page 283.) 

In giving the examination take each child separately for 
the whole examination before starting on next. 

History : 

An accurately taken history may be of great value in find- 
ing the cause of some defect, so take the history carefully. 

Grade, Conduct: 

Give average grade and conduct ; since the physical condition 
often has direct bearing on mental vitallity, these grades may 
give interesting information for study and may aid in diag- 
noses. 

Height : 

Measure off a space on the wall from the floor up to about 
six (6) feet four (4) inches. Place pupil v/ith his back to 
the wall against this .scale, being sure that he is standing as 
erect as possible, then place a rule or stiff card flat on head 
parallel to the floor. Notice where the rule or card touches 
the wall. This will make a quick and accurate method for ob- 
taining height. 

Weight: 

Every school should possess a scale. If there is none, urge 
the patrons to furnish one. If the school does not possess a 
scale they may be able to borrow one for a few days. Weigh 
the children without outer wraps. Compare each child's 
weight w4th the standard for his height and age, and try to 
establish in the mind of each child and his parents, that there 
is a standard to which he should come. 

Malnutrition and Nutrition: 

Any child who falls 10% below the standard weight for his 
age may belong to the great group of 6,000,000 children in the 
United States suffering from malnutrition. Other signs of 
this difficulty are, highly nervous temperament, lack of suf- 
ficient sleep and rest, unstable temper, constipation, general 
lack of muscular tone, winged shoulder blades and large ab- 
domen. When possible the life habits of the child should be 
studied with his parents. 



286 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Anemia: 

No accurate deterniirjation of anemia may be made with- 
out a laboratory blood test and count, but the teacher may 
note continued unusual pallor and extreme pallor of inner eye- 
lids and palate. 

Chest Expansion: 

Use a tape measure, put tape about the chest, have the child 
take a full breath then blow out all the air in his lungs, pull- 
ing up the tape. Note number on tape. Then have child 
take another full breath and note difference of two measure- 
ments which will indicate his chest expansion. 

Posture: 

Indicate the posture as good, fair, or poor. Notice whether 
his shoulders are round, head forward, chest flat, abdomen 
prominent, etc. 

Feet: (Flat.) 

Have pupil hop on one foot, up on toes as high as posible. 
If he cannot hold his weight, in this manner, he should be ex- 
amined further by a physician. 

Vaccination : 

Ask them whether or not they have ever been vaccinated. If 
they have not, advise them to consult a physician and be vac- 
cinated. 

Hearing : 

Let the teacher, at a distance of twenty (20) feet, whisper 
numbers or letter or some command, such as "hold up left 
hand," and have child repeat all of the command. Have the 
child with his back to the teacher. Test one ear at a time, 
placing hand tightly over ear not being tested. 

Eyes. Use Snellen Test Chart: (A chart is furnished with 
each manual.) 

Do not try to test the children by this method, who are not 
familiar with their letters. If the child wears glasses, test 
him first without his glasses then with them. Place the indi- 
vidual 20 feet away from the chart. Cover one eye with a 
piece of card board placed close to the nose but do not press 
against the eye ball. If the child's eyes are normal they 
should be able to read the letters which are under the number 
20. These numbers placed opposite the letters indicate the 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



287 



distance in feet at vvhich the normal eye should be able to 
read said line. If the child is able to read these letters at a 
distance of 20 feet — (in this case) write 20-20 for the vision. 
If at 20 feet the child can read only letters opposite 30 or 40, 
write 20-30 or 20-40. In other words, the numerator indi- 
cates the distance in feet at which the letters are read, and 
the denominator indicates the number placed opposite the line 
of letters on the chart. A mistake of one or two letters may 
be allowed. Parents should be notified, if vision is less than 
20-40, 

Mouth Brea^thing: 

Notice children who sit with mouth open chronically. Press 
finger against side of nose and have child breathe through oth- 
er side to see if the passage is clear. 

Teeth: 

Notice number which have been filled, number which are 
decayed and need attention; and whether or not they need to 
be cleaned. Also notice foul breath or swelHng about the 
jaws. 

Tonsils: 

Ask the child if he has had tonsils removed. Examine the 
throat and tonsils by having child open mouth as wide as pos- 
sible and saying, Ah. Keep fingers out of his mouth. 

Sores or Skin Eruptions: 

Notice any running sores or skin eruptions. 

Head Lice: 

Examine head and if lice are present, send child home and 
recommend treatment, as given on page 282. 

Other Defeqts: 

Notice such defects as enlarged cervical lymph glands, de- 
formities, etc. 

Laboratory Tests: 

Such as for Hookworm, Diptheria, cultures for carriers, mi- 
croscopic blood examinations, etc. 



288 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



TROUBLES RESULTING FROM PHYSICAL DEFECTS. 

(Dr. T. D. Wood.)' 

I. Defective eyes with imperfect vision. 

(a) Headache, commonly through forehead or back of 
head or both. 

(b) Blurring of sight, but in farsightedness with eye strain, 
vision may be exceptionally good, especially for distant ob- 
jects. 

(c) Nausea and dizziness, sometimes disturbance of diges- 
tion, with resulting malnutrition. 

(d) Nervous exhaustion. 

(e) Nervous irritation and lack of nervous control, shown 
in muscular twitching of face, arms and legs. 

(f) Mental inability to grasp an idea presented through 
the eyes. 

(g) Retardation in school. 

(h) In rare cases, convulsions. 

II. Defective Ears. 

(a) Catarrah of middle ear; danger of mastoid disease. 

(b) Deficient hearing — ^pupil often dull, careless, listless, 
inattentive, and mentally backward. 

(c) Retardation in school. 

(d) Pupils are often considered mentally defective when 
the only primary defect is imperfect hearing. 

III. Adenoids. 

(a) Structural effects : 

1. High-arched palate. 

2. Narrowing of upper jaw. 

3. Deformity of chest, resulting from obstructed and 
imperfect breathing, shown by lateral depression 
of front of chest and prominent sternum. 

4. Disturbed development of teeth and vocal organs. 

5. Large tonsils in one-third of cases. 

(b) Functional disturbances : 

1. Mental: In function of brain. 

2. Deafness. 

3. Defects in sense of smell and taste. 

4. Defects in voice (nasal voice.) 

5. Catarrh. 

6. Mouth breathing. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



289 



(c) General effects : 

. 1. Malnutrition and anemia. 

2. Underdevelopment, physical and mental. 

3. Increased susceptibility to disease infections, such 
as tuberculosis, scarlet fever, etc. 

(d) Appearance of child: 

1. Open mouth. 

2. Dull, sleepy look. 

3. Upper lip short and thick, upper jaw narrow. 

4. Nasal orifices small and pinched. 

5. Backward in school. 

IV. Enlarged and diseased tonsils — Produce susceptibiHty 

to— 

(a) Tonsilitis. 

(b) Quinsy. 

(c) Diptheria. 

(d) Rheumatism. 

(e) Tuberculosis. 

(f) Pneumonia, and other forms of infection. 

V. Defective teeth. 

(a) Direct effects : 

1. Pain resulting in loss of time and rest. 

2. Foul breath. 

3. Improper mastication of food. 

4. Extension of decay to sound teeth. 

5. Decay of temporary teeth resulting in unsound per- 
manent teeth. 

6. Infection of glands. 

7. Infection of jaw bone. 

8. Ear ache and deafness. 

9. Headache. 

10. Disturbance in function of eye. 

11. Digestive disturbance. 

(b) Indirect effects : 

1. Condition of poor nutrition and less resistance to 
disease. 

2. Formation by decaying teeth of an almost perfect 
culture bed for growth of bacteria. 

3. General infections dangerous to life in some cases. 

4. Results which accompany defective hearing. 

10 PE 



(290) 



5. Lowering of vitality resulting in temporary or 
permanent ill health. 

VI. Conditions of skin: 

Persistant eruptions should be noted and treated. 

VIL Condition of heart: 

Always an important index to the health condition. 

VIIL The lungs : 

Important as a frequent location of tuberculosis. Lungs of 
pupils who are under weight, aenemic, lacking in vitality, 
should be carefully examined. 

IX. , Poor Posture. 

Deviations of spine, roundness of shoulders and stooping. 



HYGIENE 



A very complete co'urse in hygiene for the grades is now 
in process of development and will be published later under 
separate cover. 

The study of hygiene, both personal and environmental, is 
of the greatest importance and no physical educational pro- 
gram is complete without it. This manual should not, there- 
fore, be considered as a complete program. 

The "Modern Health Crusaders" plan is heartily endorsed. 
All schools should feel that it is decidedly worth while. 

MODERN HEALTH CRUSADE. 

In 1917 a circular known as, "Record of Health Chores," 
made its first appearance. These chores were hygienic habits 
through the practice of which children would become "Mod- 
ern Health Crusaders." Since then more than 5,000,000 Amer- 
ican children have become pages, squires, and knights in 
health chivalry, and the Modern Health Crusade has been 
adopted by thousands of schools as a system of instruction. 

It is the desire of the National Anti-Tuberculosis Associa- 
tion, the founders of the movement, to contribute the Crusade 
to the elementary and secondary schools of the countr}^ It 
presents the Crusade as a practical system of teaching health 
truths, a system that imparts health habits and creates active 
interest in public as well as personal health. The Crusade 
presents to teachers an opportunity both for community bet- 
terment and school advancement. 

"The primary aim of elementary education is the formation 
of habits of good physical and mental conduct." The Crusade 
appHes to the pupil the pedagogical principle of learning by 
doing. Habits are formed while reasons are being learned. As 
in Alice in Wonderland "the best way to explain it is to do it." 

Good reasons for acquiring hygienic habits are set forth at- ' 
tractively in the modern type of school textbook. No set of 
facts to be learned in school has greater value, but usually the 
pupil fails to translate this knowledge into his own conduct 
except under outside influences. "Education among us con- 
sists too much in telling and not enough in training." The 



292 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Modern Health Crusade brings into the schools a distinct in- 
fluence serving to reinforce established courses in hygiene, 
physiology, physical training and sanitation. It does not con- 
flict with such courses but adds vitality. 

Who the Crusaders Are. 

Modern Health Crusaders are children betv^een 6 and 16 
years of age who qualify by doing the official health chores 
and by agreeing to the pledge printed on the Certificate of 
Enrollment. The pledge is, that the boy or girl named "has 
"agreed to try (1) to keep the Crusaders' health rules until the 
end of the year, (2) to do nothing that may hurt the health 
of any other person, and (3) to help keep house and town 
clean. Persons older than 16 who meet the requirements laid 
down may become Crusaders in senior membership. Teach- 
ers and other leaders in Crusade work, and adults elected by 
teachers and Crusaders for financial or other service are Hon- 
orary Crusaders. 

Title in Health Chivalry. 

Seventy-two health chores done in one week make a per- 
fect score. To become a Crusader the candidate must make a 
score at least 75 per cent perfect in each of two weeks. This 
requires the performance of 54 chores. On becoming a Cru- 
sader the pupil is enrolled with the rank of Page. Higher ti- 
tles and badges of rank are won by doing 75 per cent or more 
of the chores for each week through the following number of 
weeks : 

For Squire, 3 weeks after becoming Page, a total of 5 weeks. 
For Knight, 5 weeks after becoming Squire, a total of 10 
weeks. 

For Knight Banneret, 5 weeks after becoming Knight, total 
15 weeks. 

Twenty and Thirty- Week Courses. 

In schools that conduct the Crusade course for a total of 
thirty weeks or more in one school year, pupils continuing to 
do 75 per cent of the chores after the fifteen weeks required 
for rank of knight banneret earn titles of advanced order. 



1 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



293 



Qodern*IXealth*C(rusade S 

Xoll of^ 




J^nighthood 



Date contest began. 




CANDIDATES 


MODER^ 


HEALTH CRUSADERS 


INDIVIDUAL SCORES AT END OF 


N/UteS OF PUPILS 


PAGES 


SQUIUBS 


KMICHTS 


Kkichts Bamnout 


2 WEEKS 


S WEEKS 


10 WEEKS 


15 WEEKS 












A 


r 


JO 


ir 
















iO 


in 












5. 


-r 


.r 





ROLL OF HEALTH KNIGHTHOOD. 

A classroom chart, the "Roll of Health Knighthood," serves to 
inform the individual as to class credits earned in contests. 

Finances. 

The expense of Crusade work is very lov^. The cost per 
child for a twenty-v^eek course v^ill be five cents, or less. 
These cost figures cover all supplies and insignia for child, 
teacher and classroom. 

A comparison of the cost of Crusade material v^tth the cost 
of textbooks justifies schools in purchasing Crusade mate- 
rial along with their other supplies. (The Crusade material 
is not intended to take the place of any practical text-book 
on hygiene. It supplements and enhances the value of all 
such books.) 

The number of schools meeting the expense of Crusade 
courses has multiplied rapidly. The National and State Tu- 
berculosis Associations and the Junior Red Cross, the or- 
ganizations that met the expense almost entirely in the early 
development of the Crusade, cannot, from limited funds con- 
tributed for various lines of philanthropy, permanently meet 
the expense of a movement best conducted by the schools. 

If the schools of a community cannot purchase crusade ma- 
terial, the state or local tuberculosis associations may be re- 
quested to provide them. Expenses are often met by vari- 



294 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



ous local organizations, such as chambers of commerce, pa- 
••triotic organizations, and clubs. A Junior Red Cross group 
earned more than twice the cost of Crusade work in its com- 
munity by charging 15 cents admission to its presentation of 
the Crusade playlet, "King Good Health Wins." 

Prices of Supplies — Quantities Needed. 

To aid teachers in ordering supplies the amount and vari- 
ous types of materials necessary to conduct a crusade are 
listed here. The prices too, are given though these prices are 
subject to change Avithout notice. All goods will be sold as low 
as possible, however. Prices cover transportation within the 
state. Prices are pro-rated in quantities less than hundreds. 

Articles and Quantity Needed for a Twenty-week Course. 
Furnished by the Alabama Tuberculosis Association, Bir- 
mingham, Ala. : 

Teacher's Manual, each ^ $ .05 

Standard chore record, 2 for each pupil, per hundred .25 

Primary chore record, 2 for each pupil, per hundred .25 

Roll of Health Knighthood Chart, 1 for each class (or 

for 40 pupils), each ,03 

Stars (Dennison's Gummed — Blue, yellow, red and pur- 
ple) Helpful but not essential) per hundred .10 

Knight Banneret- Pins, each, from 02 to .04 

Helpful material which may be secured from other organi- 
zations : 

Classroom Weight Record Chart, from the Department of 
Interior, Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C. 

Standing Posture Chart (19x27), American Posture League, 
Madison Ave., New York City, each, 17c. 

Modern Health Crusade Panels, National Child Welfare As- 
sociation, New York (per set, 12 panels), $9.00. 

Distributors of Supjilies. 

The general distributor of Modern Health' Crusade sup- 
plies of every form is the Alabama Tuberculosis Association, 
Birmingham, Alabama. Orders should be placed with the 
'State Association or the association affiHated with it for the 
county or city in which your school is located. Sample copies 
of printed matter are sent free to applicants within the state. 
The Teacher's Manual which contains complete instructions 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



295 



and helpful suggestions gives valuable information to any 
teacher v^ho is interested in putting the modern health crusade 
work into her school. In it she will find valuable suggestions 
about organizing a crusade and for conducting this campaign 
with a minimum of time and effort. Suggestions are also 
given for preparing programs ; for using pins, badges and 
other incentives ; for securing free material and for the suc- 
cessful use of materials and plans listed. 

Mo^thly Bulletin. 

Developments in the Modern Health Crusade are described 
each month in a special section of the Bulletin of the National 
Tuberculosis Association, Fourth Ave., New York City. Pho- 
tographs, reports of experiences, and' suggestions for instruc- 
tion, entertainments and community service make the Bulle- 
tin a valuable help in Crusade work. It is sent free to teach- 
ers who apply for it individually. The "Blazer," the monthly 
publication of the Alabama Tuberculosis Association will de- 
vote a page to the Modern Health Crusade, giving monthly 
programs and suggestions for Crusade Leaders. (Price, 50c. 
per year.) 

Amount of Time Required. 

However crowded the school day may be with studies of 
another .nature, the teacher may give her pupils the benefit 
of the necessary part of the Crusade program with one ex- 
planatory talk and occasional sentence direction and redistri- 
bution of folders. The examination of folders and distribu- 
tion of insignia may be completed in a few minutes at the noon 
hour or after school five times in twenty weeks. The neces- 
sary "bookkeeping" is negligible, and can be carried out with 
the regular attendance roll book. 

The response of the children will make the teacher con- 
sider it to her interest as well as theirs to utilize more time 
in school for Crusade work than this minimum. Participa- 
tion in a tournament will require practically no more time 
than the enrollment of Crusaders. Daily prompting on the 
chores will be helpful. Hygiene inspection and other auxiliary 
features of the fundamental program and the advanced pro- 
gram will appear desirable. When teachers do not have ade- 
quate time, school or visiting nurses or volunteers from wom- 
en's clubs or Parent-Teacher Associations often help in Cru- 
sade activities. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



\ 

The following books will be of great assistance to the teach-^ 
ers in carrying out the program of physical education and are 
recommended by the State Department of Education. 

1. Bancroft, Jessie H. — "Games for the Playground, Home, 
School and Gymnasium." Published by the Macmillan Co., 
New York City. 

2. Brancfort and Pulvermacher — "Handbook of Athletic 
Games." Published by Macmillan Co., New Y^vk City. 

3. Brown & Boyd — "Old English and American Games.'*" 
Published by Saul Bros., Chicago, 111. 

4. Burchenal, Elizabeth — "Folk Dances and Singing; 
Games." Published by G. G. Schimer, N. Y. City. 

5. Crampton, C. Ward— "The Folk Dance Book," Pubhsh- 
ed by A. S. Barnes Co., New York City. 

6. Fischer and Fisk— "How to Live" — Published by Funk 
& Wagnalls Co., New York City. 

7. Gulick, Luther H.— "Philosophy of Play." Published by 
Scribner, New York City. 

8. Hinman, Mary Wood — "Gymnastic and Folk Dancing 
Books." Published by A. S. Barnes Co. 

9. Moses, Irene — "Rhythmic Action Plays and Dances.'^ 
Published by Milton Bradley Co., Sprfngfield, Mass. 

10. Newton, Marion B. — "Graded Games and Rhythmic Ex- 
ercises." Published by A. S. Barnes Co. 

IL Posse, Baron — "Handbook of School Gymnastics." Pub- 
lished by Lbthrop, Lee & Shepard Co., Boston, Mass. 

12. Roper — "Educational Hygiene" — Scribner, New York; 
City. 



INDEX 



The following abbreviations have been used in this index: (A.G.)» 
active games; (C), contests; (F.D.), folk dances; (S), stunts; (S.G.), 
singing games; (S.P.), story plays. 



Abdominal exercises, 34: 35 
Ace of diamonds (F.D.), 159 
Active Games: 

Playground 

Drop the Handkerchief, 97; 
Good Morning, 97; Jumping 
the Brook, 97; Toad, 97; Ani- 
mal, 111; Brownies and Fair- 
ies, 111; Squirrel in Nest, 112; 
Serpentine Maze, The, 112; 
Call Ball, 130; Cat and Rat, 
130; Circle Bowl, 130; Comer 
Spry, 130; Crows and Cranes, 
131, 241; Ditch Pull, 131; Fish- 
erman, 131; Mail Man, 131; 
Catch Ball, 147; Cross Tag, 
147; Crossing the Brook, 163; 
Knee Deep, 164; Black Tom, 
179; Dodge Ball, 179, 212; Fox 
and Geese, 179; Hill Dill, 180; 
Third Man, 180; Potato or 
Block Relay, 180; Chariot 
Race, 195; Every Man in His 
Own Den, 196; Hook Arm Tag, 
196; Prisoner's Base, 197; Pin 
Football, 197; Circle Tag, 212; 
Curtain Ball, 212; Shoe Circle 
Relay, 213; Potato Relay, 214; 
Jumping Circle, 227; Swat to 
the' Right, 241; Volley Ball, 
242; Crossing No Man's Land, 
254; Broad Jump Relay, 255; 
Shuttle Relay, 269; Skin the 
Snake Relay, 269. 

Room 

Hide the Thimble, 97; I Say 
Stoop, 98; Jack be Nimble, 98; 
Squirrel or Nut, 98; Changing 
Seats, 111; Flag Race, 112; 
Fox and Squirrel, 112; Pussy 
in the Corner, 112; Automobile 
Relay, 129; Bean Bag Plays, 
130; Tag the Wall Relay, 132; 
Have You Seen My Sheep, 147; 
Hopping Race, '147; All Up 



Relay, 148; Circle Seat Relay, 
148; Automobile, 162; Bean 
Bag Drill, 162; Last Man, 164; 
Blackboard Relay, 164, 198; 
Guessing Verb, 180; Balance 
Tag, 195; Center Base, 195; 
Ball Passing Relay, 198; Pass 
Round, 227; Pull Off the 
Ground, 241; Hand Wrestle, 
255 

Room or Playground 

Cat and mice, 97; Bean Bag 
Box, 129; Arch Ball, 146; Bean 
Bag Tag, 146; Black and 
White, 146; Jack Follow the 
Leader, 148; Squat Tag, 148; 
Birds Fly, 162; Circle Toss, 
163; Do This, Do That, 163; 
Have You Seen My Sheep, 
163; Forward Sprint Relay, 
164, 198; Over and Under Re- 
lay, 164; Ball Passing Relay, 
180; Forward Bend Relay, 180, 
H)8; Poison, 196; Fill the Gap, 
213; Hindu Tag, 213; Hold 
Hop Relay, 213; Wheelbarrow 
Relay, 214; Bull in the Ring, 
227; Tug of War, 228; By the 
Numbers Change, 254; Collar 
and Elbow, 254; Milling the 
Man, 255. 

Activities, health, 272 (See 
Health Activities) 

Adenoids, 288 

Adjustment of seats and desks, 
19 

Age and grade, grouping by, 50 

Allotment, time, 9 

All Up Relay (A.G.), 148 

Anemia, 286 

Animal (A.G.), 111 

Ankle Throw (S), 83 

Apparatus, home made play, 42 
(See Home Made Play Appar- 
atus) 

Arch Ball (A.G.), 146 



298 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Arch Flexions, given slowly, 24; 
27; 34 

Arm movements, 29 

Arm or shoulder-blade exercises, 
24; 34; 35 

Arms length tag (C), 80 

Athletics, 48; interclass, 49; in- 
ter school, 78 

ATTENTION-Class, 20 

Automobile (S.P.), 90; (A.G.), 
152 

Automobile Relay (A.G.), 129 

Backward Cut, 32 
Balance exercises, 24; 28; 34; 35 
Balance Tag (A.G.), 195 
Balancing, 53 

Ball field, 47; baseball, 47; foot- 
ball, 47; Rugby, 47; soccer, 47 

Ball Passing Relay (A.G.), 180; 
198 

Ball serving, volley, 55 
Baseball distance throw, 50-55; 

62; 64; 72 
Baseball field, 47 
Baseball running catch, 52-55 
Basketball distance throw, 52; 

54; 55; 64 
Bean Bag Box (A.G.), 129 
Bean Bag Drill (A.G.), 162 
Bean Bag Plays .(A.G.), 130 
Bean Bag Tag (A.G.), 146 
Birds Learning to Fly (S.P.), 90 
Birds Fly (A.G.), 162 
Biting nails, 279 
Black and White (A.G.), 146 , 
Blackboard Relay (A.G.), 164; 

198 

Black Tom (A.G.), 179 
Blindfold Boxing Match (C), 80 
Books, how to carry, 17 
Bottle Balancing (S), 83 
Boys, scale of points, 56-67 
Breathing exercises, should be 

given slowly, 25; 31; 34; 35 
Breathing, mouth, 279; loud, 279 
Breath, offensive, 279 
Broad Jump Relay (A.G.), 255 
Brownies and Fairies (A.G.), 

111 

Build a Fire in Stove (S.P.), 107 
Building Bonfire (S.P.), 107 
Bull in the Ring (A.G.), 227 
By the Numbers Change (A.G.)* 
254 

Calisthenics, directions for giv- 
ing, 21 



Calisthenic lessons, composition 
of, 33; introductory exercises, 
33; arch flexions, 34; balance 
movement, 34; arm or should- 
er blade exercises, 34; abdomi- 
nal exercises, 34; lateral trunk 
exercises, 34; leg movements, 
34; breathing exercises, 34; 
example of, 34 

Call Ball (A.G.), 130 

Cane Walk (S), 84 

Card, annual physical examina- 
tion, 283 

Care of teeth and mouth, 281 

Carpenter, The (S.P.), 90 

Cat and Mice (A.G.), 97 

Cat and Rat (A.G.), 130 

Catch Ball (A.G.), 148 

Catch, baseball running, 52-55 

Catch Penny (S), 84 

Center Base (A.G.), HI 

Change step, 32 

Changing Seats (A.G.), 111 

Chariot Race (A.G.), 195 

Chest, fiat, 279; expansion, 286 

Chest to Mouth (S), 83 

Chicken Pox, 276 

Children's Polka (F.D.), 176 

Chill, 275; 278 

Chimes of Dunkirk (F.D.), 211 
Chinese Get-Up (C), 80 
Chinning, 51; 52; 54 
Chores, health, 292 
Circle Bowl (A.G.), 130 
Circle Seat Relay (A.G.), 148 
Circle Tag (A.G.), 212 
Circle Toss (A.G.), 163 
Class-ATTENTION!, 20 
Closing step, 32 
Coin and Card Snap (S), 84 
Colds, frequent, 279 
Collar and Elbow (A.G.), 254 
Coming Through the Rye (F.D.), 
192 

Commands, preparatory, 25; ex- 
ecutive, 25; pause between, 25; 
for exercises, 26; standing po- 
sitions, 26; arch flexions, 27; 
balance exercises, 28; arm 
movements, 29; trunk exer- 
cises, 30; leg exercises, 30; 
breathing exercises, 31; march- 
ing, 31; example of, 34 

Concentric circles, 41 

Conduct, 285 

Contagious diseases, table of, 

275; 278 
Contests: Arms Length Tag, 80; 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



299 



Blindfold Boxing Match, 80; 
Chinese Get-Up, 80; Dog 
Fight, 80; Dual Contests, 80; 
Eskimo Race, 81; Eskimo 
Jumping Race, 81; Finger 
Feat, 81; Hand Push, 81; 
Hand Wrestle, 81; Indian 
Wrestle, 81; Knocking Off 
Hats, 81; Pulling Sticks, 81; 
Push Pole, 82; Rooster Fight, 
82; Siamese Twins, 82; Skin 
the Snake, 82; Standing Toe 
Wrestle, 83; Stooping Push, 
83; Tunnel Race, 83; Twisting 
Sticks, 83. (See Stunts.) 

Convulsions, 275 

Corner Spry (A.G.), 130 

Cough, 275; 279 

Count, exercises given by, 23 

Crested Hen, The (F.D.), 240 

Crossed eyes, 279 

Crossing No Man's Land (A.G.), 
254 

Crossing the Brook (A.G.), 163 

Cross Tag (A.G.), 147 

Crows and Cranes (A.G.), 131; 

241 
Cruelty, 280 

Curtain Ball (A.G.), 212 

Daily Health inspection, 274 

Dances (See Singing Games and 
Folk Dances) 

Dancing steps, 31; change step 
or two step, 32; follow step, 
32; rocking step, 33; heel and 
toe polka, 33; backward cut, 
33; draw step, 33; closing 
step, 33; gallop step, 33; skip- 
ping, 33; glide closing step, 33 

Dashes, 50-55; 68 

Deafness, 279 

Defects, of teeth, 279; 280; of 
feet, 279; 281; of legs, 281; 
notice of physical, 284; trou- 
bles resulting from physical, 
288 

Desks and seats, adjustment of 
19 

Development of leaders, 15 

Did You Ever See A Lassie 

(S.G.), 92 
Diphtheria, 276 

Directions, for giving physical 
examinations, 285; for giving 
calisthenics, 21 

Diseases, table of contagious, 
275; 278 



Disorders, signs of health, 275; 
of nose, 278-280, 288; of 
throat, 278-280, 289; of ear, 
278-280, 288; of eye, 278-280, 
288; of nerves, 278-280 

Distance throw, baseball, 50-55, 
62, 64, 72; basketball, 52, 54, 
55, 64 

Ditch Pull (A.G.), 131 

Dizziness, 275; 278 

Dodge Ball (A.G.), 179; 212 

Dog Fight (C), 80 

Dot and Carry Two (S), 84 

Do This, Do That, (A.G.), 163 

Draw step, 32 

Drop the Handkerchief (A.G.), 
97 

Dual Contests (C), 80 

Ear, 278-280; 288 
Earache, 278 

Elementary schools, scale of 
points; dashes, 56, 68; stand- 
ing broad jump, 58, 70; run- 
ning broad jump, 58; running 
high jump, 60, 70; baseball 
distance throw, 62, 72; flag 
race, 74 

Elementary schools, time allot- 
ment, 9 

Embarrassment, undue, 280 

Endurance, low, 280 

Eruptions, 275, 278; examine for, 
287 

Eskimo Jumping Race (C), 81 
Eskimo Race on All Fours, (C), 
81 

Every Man In His Own Den 
(A.G.), 196 

Examination card, annual phys- 
ical, 283 

Examination, physical, 284; di- 
rections for physical, 285 

Examine for sores, 287; for skin 
eruptions, 287 

Executive commands, 25 

Exercises: formal, 16; numbers 
placed before, 23; given by 
count, 23; should be demon- 
strated, 24; should be given to 
right and left, 24; introducto- 
ry, 24, 33, 34; arch flexions, 
given' slowly, 24, 27, 34; bal- 
ance, 24, 28, 35; arm or shoul- 
der blade, 24, 35; trunk, given 
slowly, 25, 30, 35; leg, 25, 30, 
35; breathing, given slowly, 
25; lunging, face side of room, 



300 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



25; foot placing, face side of 
room, 25; trunk, desks may be 
used, 25; marching, 25; com- 
mands, 26; correct positions 
for, 26; breathing, 31, 34, 35; 
objects of, 33, 34; types of, 34; 
abdominal trunk, 35; lateral 
trunk, 35 

Expansion, chest, 286 

Eyes, red, running, 275, 278; 
crossed, 279; disorders, 278; 
280; examination of, 286; de- 
fective, 288 

Faintness, 275; 278 
Fancy steps, 31-33 (See Dancing 
Steps) 

Farmer in the Dell, The (S.G.), 
96 

Fat, excessive, 280 

Feet, examination of, 286; test 

for flat, 286 
Fever, 275; 278 
Fill the Gap, (A.G.), 213 
Finger Feat (C), 81 
Finger Jump (S), 84 
Firemen (S.P.), 107 
Fisherman (A.G.), 131 
Fishing (S.P.), 90 
Fits, 275-; 278 
Flag Race, 74; (A.G.), 112 
Flat chest, 279 
Floor formation, 39 
Flower Play (S.P.), 108 
Folk dances (See Singing Games 

and Folk Dances) 
Follow step, 32 

Football, field, 47; punting, 52, 
54, 62 

Foot placing, face side of room, 
25 

Formal exercises, 16 
Formation, floor, 39; ring, 40; 

concentric circles, 41 
Forward Bend Relay (A.G.), 

180; 198 

Forward Sprint Relay (A.G.), 

164; 198 
Fox and Geese (A.G.), 179 
Fox and Squirrel (A.G.), 112 

Gallop step, 32 

Games and Folk Dances, Sing- 
ing (See Singing Games and 
Folk Dances) 

Games, Organized Play and, 36 
(See Organized Play - and 
Games) 



Giant stride, 46 

Girls, scale of points, 68-74 

Glands, swollen. 275; 278 

Glide closing step, 32 

Good Morning (A.G.), 97 

Grade and age, grouping by, 50 

Grades, in physical education, 

12; in all subjects, 285 
Groups according to height, 49; 

age and grade, 50 
Guessing Verb (A.G.), 180 
Gymnastic Trick (S.), 84 

Hand Push (C), 81 

Hand Wrestle (C), 81; 255 

Have You Seen My Sheep (A. 
G.), 147; 163 

Headache, 278; 279 

Head lice, to free hair from, 282; 
examination for, 287 

Health Activities: 272; chores, 
292; daily health inspection, 
274; signs of health disorders, 
275; table of contagious dis- 
eases, 275; general signs of 
health disorders, 278; instruc- 
tion to parents, 281; duplicate 
of annual physical examina- 
tion card, 283; physical exam- 
ination, 284; directions for 
physical examination, 285; 
troubles resulting from phys- 
ical defects, 288 

Health disorders, signs of, 275 

clealth inspection, daily, 274 

Hearing, test for, 286 

Jeart, condition of, 290 

'ieel and toe polka, 32 

:-Ieel and Toe Spring (S), 84 

Heel Salute (S), 84 

Height, grouping by, 49 

Height, Measurement of, 285 

Hide the Thimble (A.G.), 97 

Hill Dill (A.G.), 180 

Hindu Tag (A.G.), 213 

Hippity Hop to the Barber Shop 
(F.D.), 109 

History, 285 

Hold Hop Relay (A.G.), 213 
Home Made play apparatus, 42; 

materials, 43; sand box, 43; 

swing, 44; horizontal bar, 44; 

teeter, 45; giant stride, 46; 

ball field, 47 
Hook Arm Tag (A.G.), 176 
Hookworm disease, 277 
Hopping Race (A.G.), 147 
Horizontal bar, 44 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



301 



How Do You Do (F.D.), 176 

Hygiene: Modern Health Cru- 
sade, 291; Supplies, 294; dis- 
tributors of supplies, 294 

Imperfect vision, 288 

Inattention, 280 

Incorrect posture, 19; causes of, 

17; 279 
Incorrect standing, 16 
Indian Wrestle (C), 81 
Infection, methods of, 275; 277 
Inflamed throat, 275; 278 
Inspection, daily health, 274 
Instructions to parents, 281 
Instructions to teachers, 15 
Interclass athletics, 49; groups 
according to height, 49; groups 
according to age and grade, 
50; required records, 50; point 
competition, 55; scale of point, 
56; rules for events, 75 
Interschool athletics, 78; eligi- 
bility rules necessary, 78; ele- 
mentary school events, 78; 
high school events, 79 
Introductory exercises, 24; 33; 34 
Irish Lilt (F.D.), 238 
Ironing (S.P.), 91 
Irritability, 280 
I Say Stoop (A.G.), 98 
Itiskit, Itasket (S.G.), 94 

Jack be Nimble (A.G.), 98 
Jump, running broad, 50, 54, 58; 
running high, 50, 54, 60, 70; 
standing broad, 50, 52, 58, 70 
Jumping Circle (A.G.), 227 
Jumping the Brook (A.G.), 97 
Junior high school, scale of 
points: dashes, 56, 68; running 
broad jump, 58; running high 
jump, 60; baseball distance 
throv^r, 62, 64, 72; football 
punt, 62; basketball throw, 64; 
shot put, 66; potato race, 74; 
flag race, 74 
Junior high school, time allot- 
ment, 9 

King of France, The (S.G.), 125 
Knee Deep (A.G.), 164 
Knocking Off Hats (C), 81 
Knuckle Down (S), 85 

Last and First (S), 85 
Last Man (A.G.), 164 
Lateral trunk exercises, 34; 35 
Leaders, development of, 15 



Leg exercises, 25; 30; 34; 35 

Lice, to free hair from, 282; ex- 
amination for, 287 

Lines or teams, opposing, 41 

London Bridge (F.D.), 126 

Long Reach (S), 85 

Looby Loo (S.G.), 110 

Loud breathing, 279 

Lunging exercises, face side of 
room, 25 

Lungs, 290 

Mail Man (A.G.), 131 
Making Garden (S.P.), 108 
Malnutrition, 280; examination 
for, 285 

Man in the Moon, The (F.D.), 
160 

Marching exercises, 25; 31 

Materials for home made play 
apparatus, 43 

May Pole Dance (F.D.), 225 

Measles, 276 

Mentality, slow, 280 

Mile run, 54; 66 

Milling the Man (A.G.), 255 

Modem Health Crusade, 291; 
supplies, 294; distributors of 
supplies, 294 

Mouth and teeth, care of, 281 

Mouth breathing, 279; examina- 
tion for, 287 

Muffin Man, The (S.G.), 109 

Mumps, 277 

Music (See Singing Games and 
Folk Dances) 

Nail biting, 279 
Nausea, 275; 278 
Nervous disorders, 278-280 
Nits, to free hair from, 282 
Nose, running, 275, 278; disor- 
ders, 278, 280 
Notice of physical defects, 284 
Numbers placed after exercises,, 
23 

Nutritional disturbances, 278, 
280; examination for, 285 

Oats and Beans (S.G.), 142 
Old Dan Tucker ^F.D.), 268 
One-teacher building, organiza- 
tion, 10 
Opposing teams or lines, 41 
Organization, one-teacher build- 
ing, 10; two-teacher building, 
10; three-teacher building, 11; 
more than three-teacher build- 
ing, 12 



302 



ALABAMA MANUAL OF 



Organized play and games, 36; 
importance, 36; naturalness, 
36; explanation necessary, 36; 
size of groups, 36, 37; group 
formations, 37, 42; whistle, 38; 
timid pupils, 38; team play, 
39; attitude toward officials, 
39; floor formation, 39; ring 
formation, 40; concentric cir- 
cles, 41; opposing teams or 
lines, 41; home made play ap- 
paratus, 42 

Ostend, The (F.D.), 193 

Over and Under Relay (A.G.), 
164 

Paleness, 275; 280 
Pallor, unusual, 275; 280 
Palm Springs (S), 85 
Parents, instruction to, 281 
Pass Round, (A.G.), 227 
Pause between commands, 25 
Peas Porridge (F.D.), 145 
Pediculosis, treatment for, 282 
Physical defects, notice of, 284; 

troubles resulting from, 288 
Physical examination, annual, 

284; directions for giving, 285 
Physical examination card, 283 
Pin Cushion (S), 85 
Pin Football (A.G.), 197 
Play and games, organized, 36 

(See Organized Play and 

Games) 

Plays, story, 89-91; (See Story 

Plays) 
Plumb line test, 19 
Points, scale of (See Scale of 

Points) 
Poison (A.G.), 196 
Pole Vault, 54; 60 
Pop Goes the Weasel (F.D.), 

127 

Position, standing, 22, 26; cor- 
rect for exercises, 26; arch 
flexion, 27; balance, 28; arm 
movements, 29; leg exer- 
cises, 30; trunk exercises, 
30; breathing exercises, 31; 
marching, 31, 281 

Posture, 17; incorrect, 19; 
causes of incorrect, 17; tests 
for, 18, 279; peculiar when 
reading, 280; tests of, 286; in- 
correct, 290 

Potato or Block Relay (A.G.), 
180 

Potato Race, 74 



Potato Relay (A.G.), 214 
Powder, tooth, 281 
Practice Polka (F.D.), 145 
Preparatory commands, 25 
Prisoner's Base (A.G.), 197 
Profile Test, 18 

Prostrate and Perpendicular (S), 

85 

Pulling Sticks (C), 81 

Pull Off the Ground (A.G.), 241 

Punting, football, 52; 54; 62 

Push Pole (C), 82 

Push Up, 50; 51; 53; 55 

Pussy in the Corner (A.G.), 112 

Putting Shot, 52; 54; 66 

Rabbit Hop (S), 85 
Race, Flag, 74 
Race, Potato, 74 
Rash, 276 

Reading or spelling, poor, 280 
Reading posture, peculiar, 280 
Ready to stand, 21 
Reap the Flax (F.D.), 267 
Records, required, in interclass 

athletics, 50 
Red eyes, 275; 278 
Ring formation, 40 
Rocking step, 32 
Rooster Fight (C), 82 
Round and Round the Village 

(S.G.), 252 
Round shoulders, 279 
Round the Mulberry Bush (S. 

G.), 143 
Rubber Neck (S), 85 
Rugby field, 47 
Run, mile, 54; 66 
Running broad jump, 50; 54; 58 
Running catch, baseball, 52-55 
Running eyes, 275; 278 
Running high jump, 50; 54; 60; 

70 

Running nose, 275; 278 

Sailor's Hornpipe (F.D.), 177 
Sand Box, 43 
Scale of Points: 

Boys 

Standing broad jump, 58; run- 
ning broad jump, 58; running 
high jump, 60; pole vault, 60; 
baseball distance throw, 62, 
74; football punt, 62; basket- 
ball throw, 64; shot put, 66; 
mile run, 66 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1920. 



303 



Girls 

Dashes, 68; standing broad 
jump, 70; running high jump, 
70; baseball distance throw, 
72; potato race, 74; flag race, 
74 

Scarlet fever, 275 
Seats and desks, adjustment of, 
19 

Senior high school, scale of 
points; dashes, 56, 68; run- 
ning broad jump, 58; running 
high jump, 60; pole vault, 60; 
baseball distance throw, 64, 
72; football punt, 62; basket- 
ball throw, 64; shot put, 66; 
mile run, 66 

Senior high school, time allot- 
ment, 9 

Serpentine Maze, The (A.G.), 
112 

Serving volley ball, 55 

Shoe Circle Relay (A.G.), 213 

Shot put, 52; 54; 56 

Shoulder-blade and arm exer- 
cises, 24; 34; 35 

Shoulders, round, 279 

Shuttle Relay (A.G.), 269 

Siamese Twins (C), 82 

Signs of health disorders, 275- 
281 

Singing Games and Folk 
Dances: Did You Ever See a 
Lassie, 92; Itiskit, Itasket, 94; 
The Farmer in the Dell, 96; 
Hippity Hop to the Barber 
Shop, 109; The Muffin Man, 
109; Looby Loo, 110; The King 
of France, 125; London Bridge, 
126; Pop Goes the Weasel, 
127; ^ Swiss May Revel, 128; 
Oats and Beans, 142; Round 
the Mulberry Bush, 143; Peas 
Porridge, 145; Ace of Dia- 
monds, 159; The Man in the 
Moon, 160; Children's Polka, 
176; How Do You Do, 176; 
Sailor's Hornpipe, 177; Tan- 
toli, 191; Coming Through the 
Rye, 192; Practice Polka, 192; 
The Ostend, 193; Virginia 
Reel, 193; Tarantella, 209; 
Chimes of Dunkirk, 211; May 
Pole Dance, 225; Irish Lilt, 
238; The Crested Hen, 240; 
Round and Round the Village, 
252; There was a Jolly Miller, 



253; Reap the Flax, 267; Old 

Dan Tucker, 268 
Sitting positions, correct, 19 
Sit up, 51; 52 

Skin eruptions, examine for, 287; 
290 

Skin the Snake (C), 82; (A.G.), 
269 

Skipping step, 32 
Slow mentality, 280 
Small Pox, 276 
Snow Play (S.P,), 89 
Soccer field, 47 

Songs (See Singing Games and 

Folk Dances) 
Sore eyes, 278 
Sore throat, 275; 278 
Sores, examine for, 287 
Spelling or reading, poor, 280 
Squinting, 279 

Squirrel and Nut (A.G.), 98 
Squirrel in the Nest (A.G.), 112 
Stammering, 280 
Standing broad jump, 50-52; 58; 
70 

Standing, correct and incorrect, 
16; 18 

Standing positions, 22; 26 
Standing Toe Wrestle (C), 83 
Steps, fancy, 31-33 (See Danc- 
ing Steps) 
Stooping Push (C), 83 
Stooping Stretch (S), 86 
Story Plays: Snow Play, 89; 
Automobile, 90; Birds Learn- 
ing to Fly, 90; The Carpenter, 
90; Fishing, 90; Ironing, 91; 
Building Bonfire, 107; Build a 
Fire in Stove, 107; Firemen, 
107; Flower Play, 108; Mak- 
ing Garden, 108 
Strength Test (S), 86 
Stride, giant, 46 

Stunts: Ankle Throw, 83; Chest 
to Mouth, 83; Bottle Balanc- 
ing, 83; Cane Walk, 84; Catch 
Penny, 84; Coin and Card 
Snap, 84; Dot and Carry Two, 
84; Finger Jump, 84; Gymnas- 
tic Trick, 84; Heel Salute, 84; 
Heel and Toe Spring, 84; 
Knuckle Down, 85; Last and 
First, 85; Long Reach, 85; 
Palm Springs, 85; Pin Cush- 
ion, 85; Prostrate and Perpen- 
dicular, 85; Rabbit Hop, 85; 
Rubber Neck, 85; Stooping 
Stretch, 86; Strength Test, 86; 



304 ALABAMA 



Take a Chair from Under, 86; 
Tantalus, 86; The Triumph, 
86; Tumble-Down Dick, 86; 
The Turnover, 86; Wriggle 
Walk, 86. (See Contests) 
Styes, 278 

Supplies, Modem Health Cru- 
sade 294 
Swat to the Right (A.G.), 241 
Swing, 44 

Swiss May Revel (F.D.), 128 
Swollen glands, 275 
Symptoms, 275-277 

Tag the Wall Relay (A.G.), 132 
Take a Chair from Under (S), 86 
Tantalus (S), 86 
Tantoli (F.D.), 191 
Tarantella (F.D.), 209 
Teachers, instructions to, 15 
Teams or lines, opposing, 41 
Teeter, 45 

Teeth and mouth, care of, 281 

Teeth, examination of, 287; de- 
fective, 289 

Tests for posture, 18 

There Was a Jolly Miller (S.G.), 
253 

Third Man (A.G.), 180 

Three-teacher building, organi- 
zation, 11 

Throat, sore, inflamed, 275, 278; 
disorders, 278-280 

Throw, baseball distance, 50-55, 
62, 64, 72; basketball distance, 
52, 54, 55, 64 



MANUAL OF 



Time allotment, 9; elementary 
school, 9; junior and senior 
high school, 9 

Timidity, 280 

Toad (A.G.), 97 

Tooth powder, 281 

Tonsils, examination of, 287; en- 
larged or diseased, 289 

Triumph, The (S), 86 

Troubles resulting from physical 
defects, 288 

Trunk exercises, must be given 
slow, 25; desks may be used, 
25, 30; lateral, 34, 35; abdom- 
inal, 35 

Tug of War (A.G.), 228 

Tumble Down Dick (S), 86 

Tunnel Race (C), 83 

Turnover, The (S), 86 

Twisting Sticks (C), 83 

Twitching, of lips, 279; of foot 
muscles, 281 

Two step, 32 

Two-teacher building, organiza- 
tion of, 10 

Vaccination, 286 
Virginia reel (F.D.), 193 
Vision, imperfect, 288 
Volley ball, serving, 55; (A.G.), 
242 

Vomiting, 275; 278 
Weight, 285 

Wheelbarrow Relay (A.G.), 214 
Whooping "cough, 277 
Window pole test, 18 
Wriggle Walk (S), 86 




I 



